ovly20181231_10k.htm
 

 

Table of Contents



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 001-34142

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

California

26-2326676

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

125 North Third Avenue
Oakdale, California

95361

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

(209) 848-2265

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  
  (Title of class)  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.        Yes  ☐    No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.      Yes  ☐ No  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.       Yes  ☒     No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).       Yes  ☒     No  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ☐

 

Accelerated filer ☒

 

Non-accelerated filer ☐

 

Smaller reporting company ☐

             
           

Emerging growth company ☐

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes  ☐      No  ☒

 

As of June 30, 2018, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of $22.30 per share of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ, was approximately $157 million. As of February 26, 2019, there were 8,195,459 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders will filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s 2018 fiscal year end and are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 



 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

   

ITEM 1 -

BUSINESS

4

ITEM 1A -

RISK FACTORS

20

ITEM 1B -

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

32

ITEM 2 -

PROPERTIES

32

ITEM 3 -

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

32

ITEM 4 -

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

32

     

PART II

   

ITEM 5 -

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

33

ITEM 6 -

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

34

ITEM 7-

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

35

ITEM 7A -

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

62

ITEM 8 -

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

64

ITEM 9 -

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

64

ITEM 9A -

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

64

ITEM 9B-

OTHER INFORMATION

64

     

PART III

   

ITEM 10 -

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

65

ITEM 11 -

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

65

ITEM 12 -

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

65

ITEM 13 -

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

65

ITEM 14 -

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

65

     

PART IV

   

ITEM 15 -

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

66

ITEM 16 -

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

68

     

SIGNATURES

69

 

 

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (Annual Report) includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”). Those sections of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act provide a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their financial performance so long as they provide meaningful, cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from projected results.

 

All statements contained in this Annual Report other than statements of historical fact, including, for example, statements regarding descriptions of plans or objectives of management for future operations, products or services, forecasts of our revenues, earnings or other measures of economic performance, our assessment of significant factors and developments that may affect our results, regulatory controls and processes and their impact on our business, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue.” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan” “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those listed in this “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and those described in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS OF OAK VALLEY BANCORP

 

Overview of the Business

 

Oak Valley Bancorp. Oak Valley Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated on April 1, 2008 in California for the purpose of becoming Oak Valley Community Bank’s parent bank holding company. Effective July 3, 2008, Oak Valley Bancorp acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”) (from time to time, the Bank and the Company may be generally referred to as “we”, “us” or “our”). The principal office of Oak Valley Bancorp is located at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, California 95361, and its principal telephone is (209) 848-2265.

 

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, without par value, of which 8,194,805 are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without par value, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

 

The Company is the holding company of the Bank, and its only assets are the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, which the Company wholly owns, cash and income tax benefits receivable classified as other assets.

 

Oak Valley Community Bank. The Bank commenced operations in May 1991.  The Bank is an insured bank under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and is a member of the Federal Reserve.  The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the California Department of Business Oversight (DBO), the Federal Deposit Insurance Commission (FDIC) and the Federal Reserve Board (FRB). Since its formation, the Bank has provided basic banking services to individuals and business enterprises in Oakdale, California and the surrounding areas. The focus of the Bank is to offer a range of commercial banking services designed for both individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in the two main areas of service of the Bank: the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras.

 

The Bank offers a complement of business checking and savings accounts for its business customers.  The Bank also offers commercial and real estate loans, as well as lines of credit.  Real estate loans are generally of a short-term nature for both residential and commercial lending purposes.  Longer-term real estate loans are generally made with adjustable interest rates and contain customary provisions for acceleration.  Traditional residential mortgages are available to Bank customers through a third party.

 

The Bank offers other services for both individuals and businesses including online banking, remote deposit capture, mobile banking, merchant services, night depository, extended hours, wire transfer of funds, note collection, and automated teller machines in a national network.  The Bank does not currently offer international banking or trust services although the Bank may make such services available to the Bank’s customers through financial institutions with which the Bank has correspondent banking relationships.  The Bank does not offer stock transfer services, nor does it directly issue credit cards.

 

 

Expansion

 

Branch Expansion.    Since opening our doors of the main Oakdale branch in 1991, our network of branches and loan production offices have been expanded geographically. As of December 31, 2018, we maintained sixteen full-service branch offices (in addition to our corporate headquarters) and one loan production office. Beginning in October 1995, we started our geographic expansion outside of Oakdale, by opening a Loan Production Office in Sonora, California. We subsequently opened a branch in Sonora and two branches in Modesto.  In September 2000, we expanded into the Eastern Sierra, opening a branch in Bridgeport, California under the name Eastern Sierra Community Bank.  Since that time, we have added branches in Mammoth Lakes and Bishop. During 2005 and 2006, we aggressively increased our presence in the Central Valley, by opening branches in Turlock, Stockton, Patterson, Ripon and Escalon.  In March 2007, our corporate headquarters expanded by adding an adjacent historical building located in downtown Oakdale to our complex.  In 2011, we opened a third branch in Modesto and a branch in Manteca. In 2014, we opened a new branch in Tracy. In 2015, we added a second branch in Sonora. In 2018, we opened a new branch in Sacramento. We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as demand dictates and resources permit.

 

Bank Holding Company Reorganization.  Effective July 3, 2008, we entered into a bank holding company reorganization, whereby each outstanding share of common stock of the Bank was exchanged into a share of common stock of the Company. Operating our banking business within a holding company structure provides, among other things, greater operating flexibility; facilitates the potential acquisition of related businesses as opportunities may arise from time to time; improves our ability to diversify as needed; enhances our ability to remain competitive in the future with other companies in the financial services industry that are organized in a holding company structure; and improves our ability to raise capital to support growth. 

 

4

 

Business Segments

 

Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment and management does not allocate resources based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank.

 

 

Primary Market Area

 

We conduct business from our main office in Oakdale, a city of approximately 21,500 residents located in Stanislaus County, California. Oakdale is approximately 15 miles from Modesto and sits at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, at the edge of the California Central Valley agricultural area.  Through our branches, we serve customers in the Central Valley, from Fresno to Sacramento, and in foothill locations. We also reach into the Highway 395 corridor in the Eastern Sierras and in the towns of Bishop, Mammoth and Bridgeport.  Approximately 98% of our loans and 90% of our deposits are generated from the Central Valley. The Central Valley area includes Stanislaus, San Joaquin and Tuolumne counties and has a total population of over 3 million.

 

 

Lending Activities

 

General.    Our loan policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct our lending operations. These policies address the types of loans available, underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves our loan policies on an annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic loan audits by experienced external loan specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with laws and regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities, including:

 

 

commercial real estate loans,

 

 

commercial business lending and trade finance,

 

 

Small Business Administration lending, and

 

 

consumer loans, including automobile loans, home mortgages, credit lines and other personal loans.

 

As part of our efforts to achieve long-term stable profitability and respond to a changing economic environment in the California Central Valley, we constantly evaluate a variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services and products we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch locations, expanded suite of technology-based services and new types of lending.

 

Loan Procedures.    Loans recommended for approval by the Senior Loan Committee made up of our Board of Directors and designated executive officers of the bank, by Joint Authority or by loan officers, to the extent of their lending authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our President and Chief Credit Officer are responsible for evaluating the authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending lending limits for all other officers to the board of directors for approval.

 

We grant individual lending authority to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Credit Administrator and to some department managers and loan officers. Our highest management lending authority or Joint Authority includes all amounts above the individual officer loan authority and below the Senior Loan Committee limits of $5,000,000 for real estate secured loans, $2,500,000 for loans secured by collateral other than real estate and cash, $1,500,000 for unsecured loans, or when the borrower’s aggregate total outstanding commitment exceeds $5,000,000. These loans require joint approval of either the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Senior Lending Officer or Credit Administrator.  

 

At December 31, 2018, the Bank’s authorized legal lending limits were $15.6 million for unsecured loans plus an additional $10.4 million for specific secured loans. Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which prohibits a bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of primary capital plus the allowance for loan losses on an unsecured basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s primary capital plus allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018 totaled $104.3 million.

 

5

 

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain underwriting practices. The review of each loan application includes analysis of the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial condition, tax returns, cash flow projections, and the value of any collateral to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits of accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral value includes an appraisal report prepared by an independent, Bank-approved, appraiser.

 

Real Estate Loans.    We offer commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of new or the refinancing of existing commercial properties, such as office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, shopping centers, automotive industry facilities and multiple dwellings. At December 31, 2018, consumer and commercial real estate loans constituted 83% of our loan portfolio, of which 94% were commercial real estate loans.

 

Commercial real estate loans typically have 10-year maturities with up to 25-year amortization of principal and interest and loan-to-value ratios of not more than 75% of the appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a prepayment penalty during the period within 3 to 5 years of the date of the loan.

 

Construction loans are comprised of loans on commercial, residential and income producing properties that generally have terms of 1 year, with options to extend for additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up period. We usually require 15% equity capital investment by the developer and loan to value ratios of not more than 75% of anticipated completion value.

 

Miniperm loans finance the purchase and/or ownership of commercial properties, including owner-occupied and income producing properties. We also offer miniperm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans. Miniperm loans are generally made with an amortization schedule ranging from 20 to 25 years, with a lump sum balloon payment due in 3 to 5 years.

 

Equity lines of credit are revolving lines of credit with repayment term and are collateralized by junior deeds of trust on residential real properties. They generally bear a rate of interest that floats with our base rate or the prime rate, and have maturities of 25 years (10-year interest only with 15-year amortization).

 

We purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial institutions from time to time. These loans are subject to the same underwriting criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us.

 

Our real estate loans are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific commercial properties and equity lines of credit, and are subject to corporate or individual guarantees from financially capable parties, as available. The properties collateralizing real estate loans are principally located in our primary market areas of the California Central Valley and the Eastern Sierra.  Real estate loans typically bear interest rates that float with an established index.

 

Our real estate portfolio is subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate fluctuations, (iii) reduction in real estate values in the California Central Valley, (iv) increased competition in pricing and loan structure, and (v) environmental risks, including natural disasters.  As a result of the high concentration of the real estate loan in our loan portfolio, potential difficulties in the real estate markets could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would reduce our profits.  A decline in real estate values could cause some of our mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss.  Additionally, a decline in real estate values could adversely affect our portfolio of commercial real estate loans and could result in a decline in the origination of such loans.  However, we strive to reduce the exposure to such risks and seek to continue to maintain high quality in our real estate loans by (a) reviewing each loan request and each loan renewal individually, (b) using a joint approval system for the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount, (c) adhering to written loan policies, including, among other factors, minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio requirements, cash flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) performing secondary appraisals from time to time, (e) conducting external independent credit review, and (f) conducting environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the inherent risks.   We monitor and stress test our entire portfolio, evaluating debt coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios, on a quarterly basis.  We monitor trends and evaluate exposure derived from simulated stressed market conditions.  The portfolio is stratified by owner classification (either owner-occupied or non-owner occupied), product type, geography and size.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate loan-to-value of the entire commercial real estate portfolio was 54.4 %, based on the most recent appraisals as of the time of origination or renewal. Historical data suggests that the Bank continues to maintain strong LTV, which has served as a cushion against precipitous reductions in real estate values. Non-owner occupied real estate comprises 40.3% of the Bank’s total commitments, as of December 31, 2018. The loan-to-value on the non-owner occupied segment was 45.1%, as of December 31, 2018. The highest concentration by product type is CRE Office, which comprised 26.0% of total CRE loan commitments outstanding, as of December 31, 2018.

 

6

 

Our portfolio diversity in terms of both product types and geographic distribution, combined with strong debt coverage ratios, a low aggregate loan-to-value and a reasonable percentage of owner-occupied properties, significantly mitigate the risks associated with excessive commercial real estate concentration. These elements contribute strength to our overall real estate portfolio in the event of any weakness in the real estate market.

 

Commercial Business Lending.    We offer commercial loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations, with an emphasis on the real estate related industry. These commercial loans include business lines of credit and commercial term loans to finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, our policies provide specific guidelines regarding required debt coverage and other important financial ratios.

 

Lines of credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength and integrity of the borrower and are secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear an interest rate that floats with the prime rate, Constant Maturity Treasury or another established index.

 

Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, refinance short-term debts or to finance the purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years. They may be collateralized by the asset being acquired or other available assets and bear interest rates, which either floats with the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index or is fixed for the term of the loan.

 

Our portfolio of commercial loans is also subject to certain risks, including (i) downturns in the California economy, (ii) significant interest rate fluctuations; and (iii) the deterioration of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities. We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through (a) reviewing each loan request and renewal individually, (b) requiring a joint signature approval system, (c) mandating strict adherence to written loan policies, and (d) performing external independent credit review. In addition, we monitor loans based on short-term asset values as required on a monthly or quarterly basis. In general, during the term of the relationship, we receive and review the financial statements of our borrowing customers on an ongoing basis, and we promptly respond to any deterioration that we note.

 

Small Business Administration Lending Services.    Small Business Administration, or SBA, lending, forms an important part of our business. Our SBA lending service places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our SBA market area includes the geographic areas encompassed by our full-service banking offices in the California Central Valley and in the Eastern Sierra. As an SBA lender, we enable borrowers to obtain SBA loans in order to acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses, and acquire locations in which to do business.

 

Consumer Loans.    Consumer loans include personal loans, auto loans, home improvement loans, home mortgage loans, revolving lines of credit and other loans typically made by banks to individual borrowers. We provide consumer loan products in an effort to diversify our product line.

 

Our consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including:

 

 

amount of credit offered to consumers in the market,

 

interest rate increases, and

 

consumer bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain debts.

 

We attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of all consumer loans by:

 

 

reviewing each loan request and renewal individually,

 

using a dual signature system of approval,

 

strictly adhering to written credit policies, and

 

performing external independent credit review.

 

7

 

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

 

Our primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, whereas deposit inflows, outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly by general interest rate levels, interest rates available on other investments, competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. Customer deposits also remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced by adverse market changes in the industry. We may resort to other borrowings, on an as needed basis, as follows:

 

 

on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows at less than projected levels, and

 

 

on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to match the maturity of repricing intervals of assets.

 

We offer a variety of accounts for depositors, which are designed to attract both short-term and long-term deposits. These accounts include certificates of deposit, or “CDs”, regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking accounts, savings accounts, health savings accounts and individual retirement accounts, or “IRAs”. These accounts generally earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors and management’s desire to increase or decrease certain types or maturities of deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered deposits. The more significant deposit accounts offered by us are described below:

 

Certificates of Deposit.    We offer several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years. The substantial majority of our CDs have a maturity of one to twelve months and pay compounded interest typically credited monthly or at maturity.

 

Regular Savings Accounts.    We offer savings accounts that allow for unlimited ATM and in-branch deposits and withdrawals. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly.

 

Money Market Account.    Money market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the balance maintained in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest is compounded daily and paid monthly.

 

Checking Accounts.    Checking accounts are generally non-interest and interest bearing accounts, respectively, and may include service fees based on activity and balances.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings.    To supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we borrow funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We regularly make use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances as part of our interest rate risk management, primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer term fixed rate loans held in the loan portfolio as part of our growth strategy.

 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a predetermined formula. Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a restricted investment security that can only be sold to other Federal Home Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2018, we owned $3,599,000 in FHLB stock.

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are typically secured by our entire real estate loan portfolio, which includes residential and commercial loans.  At December 31, 2018, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home Loan Bank was approximately $269 million.

 

Internet and Mobile Banking

 

Since August 1, 2001, we have offered Internet banking services, which allows our customers to access their deposit accounts through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history and account information, transfer funds between accounts, make person-to-person payments and make on-line bill payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and delivery channels as the need arises and our resources permit. Mobile Banking was introduced in June of 2011, which offers many of the same services as internet banking but also includes mobile check deposit.

 

 

Other Services

 

We offer ATMs located at branch offices as well as three other ATMs at various off-site locations, and customer access to an ATM network. Additionally, we offer remote deposit capture service to allow commercial deposit customers the convenience of scanning check deposits for quicker access to deposited funds.

 

 

Marketing

 

Our marketing relies principally upon local advertising and promotional activity and upon personal contacts by our directors, officers and shareholders to attract business and to acquaint potential customers with our personalized services. We emphasize a high degree of personalized client service in order to be able to provide for each customer’s banking needs. Our marketing approach emphasizes the advantages of dealing with an independent, locally managed and state-chartered bank to meet the particular needs of consumers, professionals and business customers in the community. Our management continually evaluates all of our banking services with regard to their profitability and efforts and makes determinations based on these evaluations whether to continue or modify our business plan, where appropriate.

 

We do not currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business, which would require a material amount of capital investment on our part.

 

8

 

Competition

 

Regional Branch Competition.    We consider our primary service area to be composed of the counties of San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Inyo and Mono Counties, of California.  The banking business in California generally, and in our primary service area, specifically, is competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks which have many offices operating over wide geographic areas.  These include Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase Bank and Bank of the West. We compete for deposits and loans principally with these banks, as well as with savings and loan associations, thrift and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies, offerors of money market accounts and other lending institutions.

 

Among the advantages of these institutions are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand, their ability to offer certain services, such as international banking and trust services which are not offered directly by the Company and, the ability by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have substantially higher lending limits than we do.   In addition, as a result of increased consolidation and the passage of interstate banking legislation there is and will continue to be increased competition among banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions for the deposit and loan business of individuals and businesses.

 

As of June 30, 2018, our primary service areas contained 165 banking offices, with approximately $16.6 billion in total deposits. As of June 30, 2018, we had total deposits of approximately $971 million, which represented approximately 5.9% of the total deposits in the Bank’s primary service area. There can be no assurance that the Bank will maintain its competitive position against current and potential competitors, especially those with greater resources than the Bank. The four largest competing banks had 64 total branches, and deposits averaged approximately $151 million per office as of June 30, 2018 within the Bank’s primary service area.

 

In order to compete with major financial institutions in our primary service areas, we use to the fullest extent the flexibility that our independent status permits.  This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by our officers, directors and employees.  In the event that there are customers whose needs exceed our lending limits, we may arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions.  We also assist customers who require other services that we do not offer by obtaining such services from correspondent banks.  However, no assurance can be given that our continued efforts to compete with other financial institutions will be successful.

 

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions, such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual funds, wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are offered to customers.

 

Other Competitive Factors.     The more general competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation and competition. Strong competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries and provide customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically, and the California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to intensify competitive conditions.

 

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial services industry. Such innovations have, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that were previously considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, mobile devices, ATMs, self-service branches and/or in-store branches.

 

Business Concentration.    No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets or deposits, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 83% of our loan portfolio held for investment at December 31, 2018 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, mini-perm loans, real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by real estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Central California, with the majority of our business concentrated in San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Sacramento, Inyo and Mono Counties.  Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Central California economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Central California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region.

 

9

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had 186 employees (155 full-time employees and 31 part-time employees). None of our employees are currently represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

 

Economic Conditions and Legislative and Regulatory Developments

 

As it is the case with financial institutions with our size and scope, our profitability primarily depends on interest rate differentials. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control and cannot be predicted, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, and the impact that future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the Company.  A more detailed discussion of the Company’s interest rate risks and the mitigation of those risks is included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Our business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies.  The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as maintaining price stability, stimulating growth and reducing unemployment) through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and by varying the target Federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on us cannot be predicted.

 

From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted that may have the effect of materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers. In light of recent conditions in the United States economy and the financial services industry, the Trump administration, Congress, the regulators and various states continue to focus attention on the financial services industry. Additional proposals that affect the industry have been and will likely continue to be introduced. The Company cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be enacted or adopted or, if they are, the effect they would have on our business, the Company's operations or financial condition.

 

 

Supervision and Regulation in General

 

The banking and financial services business in which we engage is highly regulated. Such regulation is intended, among other things, to protect depositors insured by the FDIC and the entire banking system. These regulations affect our lending practices, consumer protections, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy.

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.  The Company and the Bank are each subject to supervision and regulation by a number of federal and state agencies and regulatory bodies, as outlined below.

 

Upon effectiveness of the bank holding company reorganization on July 2, 2008, the Company became subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). As a bank holding company, the Company is regulated and is subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. It is also subject to the California Financial Code, as well as limited oversight by the DBO and the FDIC. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. The BHCA regulates the activities of holding companies including acquisitions, mergers, and consolidations and, together with the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999, the scope of allowable banking activities.

 

10

 

As a California-state chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the DBO and the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board is the primary federal regulator of state member banks. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits as permitted by law. If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the Federal Reserve Board determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of its operations are unsatisfactory, or that it or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the Federal Reserve Board. Such remedies include the power to: enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices; require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice; issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; restrict growth; assess civil monetary penalties; remove officers and directors; institute a receivership; and, ultimately terminate the bank’s deposit insurance, which would result in a revocation of its charter. The DBO separately holds many of the same remedial powers.

 

The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, also known as the FRB or the Federal Reserve Board. As a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the filing of periodic reports, and activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against deposits, and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FRB is generally intended to protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of our shareholders. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries, subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and affects interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. Indirectly such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

 

The laws, regulations and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank regulatory agencies and other professional agencies. Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings.

 

The federal and state bank regulatory agencies may respond to concerns and trends identified in examinations by issuing enforcement actions to, and entering into cease and desist orders, consent orders and memoranda of understanding with, financial institutions requiring action by management and boards of directors to address credit quality, liquidity, risk management and capital adequacy concerns, as well as other safety and soundness or compliance issues. Banks and bank holding companies are also subject to examination and potential enforcement actions by their state regulatory agencies.

 

11

 

Bank Holding Company and Bank Regulation

 

Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are subject to significant regulation and restrictions by Federal and State laws and regulatory agencies.  Federal and State laws, regulations and restrictions, which may affect the cost of doing business, limit permissible activities and expansion or impact the competitive balance between banks and other financial services providers, are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund (“DIF”), and secondarily for the stability of the U.S. banking system. They are not intended for the benefit of shareholders of financial institutions. The following discussion of key statutes and regulations to which the Company and the Bank are subject is a summary and does not purport to be complete nor does it address all applicable statutes and regulations. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the statutes and regulations referred to in this discussion.

 

The wide range of requirements and restrictions contained in both Federal and State banking laws include:

 

 

Requirements that bank holding companies serve as a source of strength for their banking subsidiaries. In addition, the regulatory agencies have “prompt corrective action” authority to limit activities and order an assessment of a bank holding company if the capital of a bank subsidiary falls below capital levels required by the regulators.

 

 

Limitations on dividends payable to shareholders. A substantial portion of the Company’s funds to pay dividends or to pay principal and interest on our debt obligations is derived from dividends paid by the Bank. The Company’s and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions. The Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

 

Limitations on dividends payable by bank subsidiaries. These dividends are subject to various legal and regulatory restrictions. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depositary institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

 

 

Safety and soundness requirements. Banks must be operated in a safe and sound manner and meet standards applicable to internal controls, information systems, internal audit, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, as well as other operational and management standards. These safety and soundness requirements give bank regulatory agencies significant latitude in exercising their supervisory authority and their authority to initiate informal or formal enforcement action.

 

 

Requirements for approval of acquisitions and activities. Prior approval or non-objection of the applicable federal regulatory agencies is required for most acquisitions and mergers and in order to engage in certain non-banking activities and activities that have been determined by the Federal Reserve to be financial in nature, incidental to financial activities, or complementary to a financial activity. Laws and regulations governing state-chartered banks contain similar provisions concerning acquisitions and activities.

 

 

The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). The CRA requires that banks help meet the credit needs in their communities, including the availability of credit to low and moderate income individuals. If the Company or the Bank fails to adequately serve their communities, penalties may be imposed, including denials of applications for branches, to add subsidiaries and affiliates, or to merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

 

 

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act, and other anti-money laundering laws. These laws and regulations require financial institutions to assist U.S. Government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and other illegal acts by maintaining policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money laundering, terrorist financing, and other suspicious activity.

 

 

Limitations on the amount of loans to one borrower and its affiliates and to executive officers and directors.

 

 

Limitations on transactions with affiliates.

 

 

Restrictions on the nature and amount of any investments in, and ability to underwrite certain securities.

 

 

Requirements for opening of branches intra- and interstate.

 

 

Fair lending and truth in lending laws to ensure equal access to credit and to protect consumers in credit transactions.

 

 

Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) and other federal and state laws dealing with privacy for nonpublic personal information of customers.

 

12

 

The following discussion summarizes certain significant laws, rules and regulations affecting both the Company and the Bank. The Bank addresses the many state and federal regulations it is subject to through a comprehensive compliance program that addresses the various risks associated with these issues. The following discussion is not meant to cover all applicable rules and regulations and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, rules and regulations which may change from time to time.

 

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

The events of the past several years have led to numerous new laws and regulatory pronouncements in the United States and internationally for financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010, is one of the most far reaching legislative actions affecting the financial services industry in decades and significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act broadly affects the financial services industry by creating new resolution authorities, requiring ongoing stress testing of capital, mandating higher capital and liquidity requirements, increasing regulation of executive and incentive-based compensation and requiring numerous other provisions aimed at strengthening the sound operation of the financial services sector depending, in part, on the size of the financial institution. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for:

 

 

capital standards applicable to bank holding companies may be no less stringent than those applied to insured depository institutions;

 

 

annual stress tests and early remediation or so-called living wills are required for larger banks with more than $50 billion of assets as well risk committees of their boards of directors that include a risk expert and such requirements may have the effect of establishing new best practices standards for smaller banks;

 

 

trust preferred securities must generally be deducted from Tier 1 capital over a three-year phase-in period which ended in 2016, although depository institution holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of year-end 2009 were grandfathered with respect to such securities for purposes of calculating regulatory capital;

 

 

the assessment base for federal deposit insurance was changed to consolidated assets less tangible capital instead of the amount of insured deposits, which generally increased the insurance fees of larger banks, but had relatively less impact on smaller banks;

 

 

repeal of the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, including business checking accounts, and made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance;

 

 

the establishment of the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with responsibility for promulgating regulations designed to protect consumers’ financial interests and prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices by financial institutions, and with authority to directly examine those financial institutions with $10 billion or more in assets for compliance with the regulations promulgated by the CFPB;

 

 

limits, or places significant burdens and compliance and other costs, on activities traditionally conducted by banking organizations, such as originating and securitizing mortgage loans and other financial assets, arranging and participating in swap and derivative transactions, proprietary trading and investing in private equity and other funds; and

 

 

the establishment of new compensation restrictions and standards regarding the time, manner and form of compensation given to key executives and other personnel receiving incentive compensation, including documentation and governance, proxy access by stockholders, deferral and claw-back requirements.

 

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, federal regulators have adopted regulations to (i) increase capital requirements on banks and bank holding companies pursuant to Basel III, and (ii) implement the so-called “Volcker Rule” of the Dodd-Frank Act, which significantly restricts certain activities by covered bank holding companies, including restrictions on proprietary trading and private equity investing.

 

13

 

In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, other legislative and regulatory proposals affecting banks have been made both domestically and internationally. Among other things, these proposals include significant additional capital and liquidity requirements and limitations on size or types of activity in which banks may engage.

 

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations governing us may be amended from time to time. Any legislative or regulatory changes in the future, including those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

 

Volcker Rule

 

The final rules adopted on December 10, 2013, to implement a part of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”, prohibit insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions (“banking entities”) from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their own account. The final rules also impose limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds. These rules became effective on April 1, 2014.  Certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), securities backed by trust preferred securities which were initially defined as covered funds subject to the investment prohibitions, have been exempted to address the concern that many community banks holding such CDOs securities may have been required to recognize significant losses on those securities.

 

Like the Dodd-Frank Act, the final rules provide exemptions for certain activities, including market making, underwriting, hedging, trading in government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules also clarify that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian.

 

The compliance requirements under the final rules vary based on the size of the banking entity and the scope of activities conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program and their CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. Independent testing and analysis of an institution’s compliance program will also be required. The final rules reduce the burden on smaller, less-complex institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered trading activities will not need to establish a compliance program. The Company and the Bank held no investment positions at December 31, 2017 or 2016 that were subject to the final rule.  Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis and reporting, we believe that they will not require any material changes in our operations or business.

 

 

Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

 

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as federal banking agencies, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk. The higher the category, the more risk a bank is subject to and thus the more capital that is required.

 

The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon capital accords of the internal Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines, which each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they apply to their home jurisdiction. In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified as “Basel III.” Basel III, when fully phased-in, would require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital than currently required, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Basel III capital framework, among other things:

 

•      introduces as a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), more commonly known in the United States as “Tier 1 Common,” and defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations;

 

14

 

•      when fully phased in, requires banks to maintain: (i) a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (ii) an additional “SIFI buffer” for those large institutions deemed to be systemically important, ranging from 1.0% to 2.5%, and up to 3.5% under certain conditions; (iii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iv) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (v) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and

 

•     an additional “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented.

 

In July 2014, the U.S. banking agencies approved the U.S. version of Basel III. The federal bank regulatory agencies adopted version of Basel III revises the risk-based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with Basel III and to meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Although many of the rules contained in these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased in basis to all banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank. Among other things, the rules establish a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks). The new additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses. The additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions. The new rules assign higher risk weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The rules also change the permitted composition of Tier 1 capital to exclude trust preferred securities, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities (with a one-time opt out option for Standardized Banks (banks with less than $250 billion of total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion of foreign exposures)). The rules, including alternative requirements for smaller community financial institutions like the Company, would be phased in through 2019. The implementation of the Basel III framework for the Company and the Bank commenced on January 1, 2015.

 

The Bank is well capitalized. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 11.7% and 11.3%, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.7% and 10.3%, and our Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.7% and 10.3%, respectively.

 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Bank’s Leverage Capital Ratios were 8.7% and 8.4%, respectively.

 

Federal banking regulators may set capital requirements higher than the minimums described above for financial institutions whose circumstances warrant it. For example, a financial institution experiencing or anticipating significant growth may be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.

 

A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if, after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment.

 

15

 

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions, if to do so would make the Bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and prohibitions on paying certain bonuses without FRB approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank not later than 90 days after the Bank becomes critically undercapitalized.

 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties.

 

 

Dividends

 

The payment of cash dividends by the Bank to the Company is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the “Code”).  Prior to any distribution from the Bank to the Company, a calculation is made to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Code and to ensure that the Bank remains within capital guidelines set forth by the DBO and the FRB. In the event that the intended distribution from the Bank to the Company exceeds the restriction in the Code, advance approval from FRB is required. Management anticipates that there will be sufficient earnings at the Bank level to provide dividends to the Company to meet its cash requirements for 2019.

 

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute enforcement proceedings, if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted.

 

 

Deposit Insurance and FDIC Insurance Assessments

 

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum amount permitted by law, which is currently $250,000 per depositor. The Dodd-Frank Act made the deposit insurance coverage permanent at the $250,000 level retroactive to January 1, 2008.

 

As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay an additional quarterly assessment called the FICO assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. This assessment will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

 

The FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums quarterly on each FDIC-insured institution based on annualized rates. Each institution with $10 billion or more in assets is assessed under a scorecard method using supervisory ratings, financial ratios and other factors. Such institutions are also subject to a temporary surcharge required by the Dodd-Frank Act. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit insurance premiums are assessed on the amount of an institution’s total assets minus its Tier 1 capital. Smaller institutions are assessed by a method using supervisory ratings and financial ratios

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations involving the Community Reinvestment Act, or “CRA”. The CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires that a record be kept of whether a financial institution meets its community credit needs, which record will be taken into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators now utilize a performance-based evaluation system, which bases CRA ratings on the Company’s actual lending service and investment performance, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the FRB assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” Our CRA performance is evaluated by the FRB under the intermediate small bank requirements. The FRB’s last CRA performance examination was performed on us and completed in September of 2016 and we received an overall “Satisfactory” CRA Assessment Rating.

 

16

 

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations

 

A series of banking laws and regulations beginning with the Bank Secrecy Act in 1970 require banks to prevent, detect, and report illicit or illegal financial activities to the federal government to prevent money laundering, international drug trafficking, and terrorism. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with high risk customers, foreign financial institutions, and foreign individuals and entities. We have extensive controls to comply with these requirements.

 

 

Privacy and Data Security

 

The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”) of 1999 imposed requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. The GLBA generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually. The GLBA also directs federal regulators to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information. We are subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach. We must disclose our privacy policy to consumers and permit consumers to “opt out” of having certain personal financial information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties. We are required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal. Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused.

 

 

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

 

Bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations.

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, and consumer protection statutes and regulations, such as the:

 

 

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

Truth in Savings Act; and

 

rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of the Bank are also subject to the:

 

 

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires financial institutions to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations.

 

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, we may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities we serve.

 

17

 

Restriction on Transactions between Member Banks and their Affiliates

 

Transactions between the Company and the Bank are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places restrictions on the Bank’s “covered transactions” with the Company, including loans and other extensions of credit, investments in the securities of, and purchases of assets from the Company. Section 23B requires that certain transactions, including all covered transactions, be on market terms and conditions. Federal Reserve Regulation W combines statutory restrictions on transactions between the Bank and the Company with FRB interpretations in an effort to simplify compliance with Sections 23A and 23B.

 

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters relating to the operations of public companies. During 2003, the Commission issued a number of regulations under the directive of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act significantly increasing public company governance-related obligations and filing requirements, including:

 

● the establishment of an independent public oversight of public company accounting firms by a board that will set auditing, quality and ethical standards for and have investigative and disciplinary powers over such accounting firms,

 

● the enhanced regulation of the independence, responsibilities and conduct of accounting firms which provide auditing services to public companies,

 

● the increase of penalties for fraud related crimes,

 

● the enhanced disclosure, certification, and monitoring of financial statements, internal financial controls and the audit process, and

 

● the enhanced and accelerated reporting of corporate disclosures and internal governance.

 

Furthermore, in November 2003, in response to the directives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NASDAQ adopted substantially expanded corporate governance criteria for the issuers of securities quoted on the NASDAQ markets. The new NASDAQ rules govern, among other things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and internal governance of listed companies and of the authority, role and responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of “independent” members of such boards of directors, in the areas of nominations, corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal financial control processes.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Commission rules promulgated thereunder, and the new NASDAQ governance requirements have required the Company to review its current procedures and policies to determine whether they comply with the new legislation and its implementing regulations. The Company is primarily responsible for ensuring compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and the NASDAQ governance rules, as applicable.

 

18

 

Securities Laws and Corporate Governance

 

The Company is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, both as administered by the SEC. As a company listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Company is subject to NASDAQ listing standards for listed companies.

 

As discussed above, we are also subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, and other federal and state laws and regulations which address, among other issues, required executive certification of financial presentations, corporate governance requirements for board audit committees and their members, and disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. NASDAQ has also adopted corporate governance rules, which are intended to allow shareholders and investors to more easily and efficiently monitor the performance of companies and their directors.

 

Finally, the Company is subject to the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, while the Bank is also subject to the California Financial Code provisions.

 

 

Environmental Regulations

 

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation

 

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect us and the banking industry, in general, are pending and additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject us to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which our business would be affected thereby.

 

 

Available Information

 

The Company maintains an Internet website at http://www.ovcb.com. The Company makes available its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and other information related to the Company free of charge, through this site as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files those documents with, or otherwise furnishes them to, the SEC. The Company’s website also contains its Committee Charters, Code of Ethics, Code of Conduct and Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Company’s internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

In addition, copies of our filings are available by requesting them in writing or by phone from:

 

Corporate Secretary

Oak Valley Bancorp

125 North Third Avenue

Oakdale, California

209-844-7578

 

19

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities is subject to certain risks. These risk factors should be considered by prospective and current investors in our securities when evaluating the disclosures in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. In that event, the value of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Our business strategy includes sustainable growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

We intend to pursue an organic growth strategy for our business. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may also engage in selected acquisitions of financial institutions, branch acquisitions and other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully execute our organic growth strategy, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful.

 

There are risks associated with our growth strategy. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, branches or other assets, as well as other expansion activities, involves various risks including the risks of incorrectly assessing the credit quality of acquired assets, encountering greater than expected costs of integrating acquired banks or branches, the risk of loss of customers and/or employees of the acquired institution or branch, executing cost savings measures, not achieving revenue enhancements and otherwise not realizing the transaction’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. There is also the risk that the requisite regulatory approvals might not be received and other conditions to consummation of a transaction might not be satisfied during the anticipated timeframes, or at all. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from ongoing business operations, may require investment in integration and in development and enhancement of additional operational and reporting processes and controls, and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny. To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our existing stockholders.

 

Our growth initiatives may also require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, to the extent we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risks related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.

 

If we do not successfully execute our growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe we will have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

 

Our financial condition and results of operations are dependent on the economy, particularly in the Bank’s market areas. A deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve may impact our earnings adversely and could increase the credit risk of our loan portfolio.

 

Our primary market area is concentrated in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras. Adverse economic conditions in any of these areas can reduce our rate of growth, affect our customers’ ability to repay loans and adversely impact our financial condition and earnings. General economic conditions, including inflation, unemployment and money supply fluctuations, also may affect our profitability adversely.

 

A deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

 

Demand for our products and services may decline;

 

 

Loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

 

Collateral for our loans may further decline in value; and

 

 

The amount of our low cost or noninterest-bearing deposits may decrease.

 

20

 

We cannot accurately predict the possibility of weakness in the national or local economy effecting our future operating results.

 

We cannot accurately predict the possibility of the national or local economy’s return to recessionary conditions or to a period of economic weakness, which would adversely impact the markets we serve. Any deterioration in national or local economic conditions would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and any economic weakness could present substantial risks for the banking industry and for us.

 

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business.

 

Severe weather, natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their outstanding loans, cause significant property damage or otherwise impair the value of collateral securing our loans, and result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we have established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and we monitor the effects of any such events on our loans, properties and investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on us or our earnings or our financial condition.

 

There are risks associated with our lending activities and our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb actual incurred losses in our loan portfolio.

 

Lending money is a substantial part of our business. Every loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

 

 

cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

 

 

in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral;

 

 

the credit history of a particular borrower;

 

 

changes in economic and industry conditions; and

 

 

the duration of the loan.

 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable incurred losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through a periodic review and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

 

 

an ongoing review of the quality, size and diversity of the loan portfolio;

 

 

evaluation of non-performing loans;

 

 

historical default and loss experience;

 

 

historical recovery experience;

 

 

existing economic conditions;

 

 

risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans; and

 

 

the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

 

 

If actual losses on our loans exceed our estimates used to establish our allowance for loan losses, our business, financial condition and profitability may suffer.

 

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for loan losses. Deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further charge-offs (which will in turn also require an increase in the provision for loan losses if the charge-offs exceed the allowance for loan losses), based on judgments different than that of management. Any increases in the provision for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

21

 

Our underwriting practices may not protect us against losses in our loan portfolio.

 

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices, including: analyzing a borrower’s credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; valuing collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and verifying liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are, and historically have been, appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we have incurred losses on loans that have met these criteria, and may continue to experience higher than expected losses depending on economic factors and consumer behavior. In addition, our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our customers become less predictive of future behaviors. Finally, we may have higher credit risk, or experience higher credit losses, to the extent our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral. Deterioration in real estate values and underlying economic conditions in the Central Valley and the Eastern Sierras could result in significantly higher credit losses to our portfolio.

 

Our commercial real estate loans involve higher principal amounts than other loans and repayment of these loans may be dependent on factors outside our control or the control of our borrowers.

 

We originate commercial real estate loans for individuals and businesses for various purposes, which are secured by commercial properties. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed in a timely manner or at all, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

 

Commercial real estate loans also expose us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment.

 

If we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, commercial real estate loans generally have relatively large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Accordingly, if we make any errors in judgment in the collectability of our commercial real estate loans, any resulting charge-offs may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

 

Repayment of our commercial and industrial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may not be sufficient to repay the loan in the event of default.

 

We make our commercial and industrial loans primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Collateral securing commercial and industrial loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise and fluctuate in value. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect the amounts due from its customers.

 

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to real properties which we may acquire.

 

In prior years, due to weakness of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the California economy, including higher levels of unemployment than the nationwide average and declines in real estate values, certain borrowers have been unable to meet their loan repayment obligations and, as a result, we have had to initiate foreclosure proceedings with respect to and take title to a number of real properties that had collateralized their loans. As an owner of such properties, we could become subject to environmental liabilities and incur substantial costs for any property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up that may be required due to any environmental contamination that may be found to exist at any of those properties, even though we did not engage in the activities that led to such contamination. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties seeking damages for environmental contamination emanating from the site. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities or costs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

 

22

 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may hurt our profits.

 

To be profitable, we have to earn more money in interest that we receive on loans and investments than we pay to our depositors and lenders in interest. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans, other mortgage-related investments and investment securities. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause our net interest income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may hurt our income, because that may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. In a rapidly changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage our interest rate risk effectively, which would adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face significant operational risks.

 

We operate many different financial service functions and rely on the ability of our employees, third party vendors and systems to process a significant number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss from operations, including fraud by employees or outside persons, employees’ execution of incorrect or unauthorized transactions, data processing and technology errors or hacking and breaches of internal control systems.

 

Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for losses.

 

Our enterprise risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established comprehensive policies and procedures and an internal control framework designed to provide a sound operational environment for the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit risk, market risk (interest rate and price risks), liquidity risk, operational risk, compliance risk, strategic risk, and reputational risk. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our current and future risk management strategies, including risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. In certain instances, we rely on models to measure, monitor and predict risks. However, these models are inherently limited because they involve techniques, including the use of historical data in some circumstances, and judgments that cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome in the markets in which we operate, nor can they anticipate the specifics and timing of such outcomes. There is no assurance that these models will appropriately capture all relevant risks or accurately predict future events or exposures. Accurate and timely enterprise-wide risk information is necessary to enhance management’s decision-making in times of crisis. If our enterprise risk management framework proves ineffective or if our enterprise-wide management information is incomplete or inaccurate, we could suffer unexpected losses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to fully understand the implications of changes in our businesses or the financial markets or fail to adequately or timely enhance our enterprise risk framework to address those changes. If our enterprise risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, regulatory requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates.

 

An important aspect of our enterprise risk management framework is creating a risk culture in which all employees fully understand that there is risk in every aspect of our business and the importance of managing risk as it relates to their job functions. We continue to enhance our enterprise risk management program to support our risk culture, ensuring that it is sustainable and appropriate to our role as a major financial institution. Nonetheless, if we fail to create the appropriate environment that sensitizes all of our employees to managing risk, our business could be adversely impacted.

 

23

 

Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.

 

Threats to our reputation can come from many sources, including adverse sentiment about financial institutions generally, unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, regulatory investigations, marketplace rumors and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to promote ethical conduct and protect our reputation. However, these policies and procedures may not be fully effective and cannot adequately protect against all threats to our reputation. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental oversight.

 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general.

 

Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.

 

We depend on our key employees.

 

Our future prospects are and will remain highly dependent on our directors and executive officers. Our success will, to some extent, depend on the continued service of our directors and continued employment of the executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a detrimental effect on our business. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management team, no assurance can be given that these individuals will continue to be employed by us. The loss of any of these individuals could negatively affect our ability to achieve our business plan and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We currently hold a significant amount of bank owned life insurance.

 

At December 31, 2018, we held bank owned life insurance (BOLI) on certain key and former employees and executives and our directors, with a cash surrender value of $19,028,000. The eventual repayment of the cash surrender value is subject to the ability of the various insurance companies to pay death benefits or to return the cash surrender value to us if needed for liquidity purposes. We continually monitor the financial strength of the various companies with whom we carry these policies.

 

However, any one of these companies could experience a decline in financial strength, which could impair its ability to pay benefits or return our cash surrender value. If we need to liquidate these policies for liquidity purposes, we would be subject to taxation on the increase in cash surrender value and penalties for early termination, both of which would adversely impact earnings.

 

24

 

We rely on numerous external vendors.

 

We rely on numerous external vendors to provide us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements because of changes in the vendor's organizational structure, financial condition, support for existing products and services or strategic focus or for any other reason, could be disruptive to our operations, which in turn could have a material negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third party vendor or is renewed on terms less favorable to us.

 

We are subject to certain risks in connection with our use of technology.

 

Our security measures may not be sufficient to mitigate the risk of a cyber-attack or cyber theft.

 

Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger and virtually all other aspects of our business. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-attacks that could have a security impact. If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our or our customers' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers or counterparties. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. We could also suffer significant reputational damage.

 

Security breaches in our internet banking activities could further expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures, which could result in significant legal liability and significant damage to our reputation and our business.

 

Our security measures may not protect us from systems failures or interruptions.

 

While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects of our data processing and other operational functions to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

We may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our information security infrastructure or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities in response to continuing information systems security threats.

 

The occurrence of any systems failure or interruption could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to legal liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

25

 

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.

 

We rely heavily on third party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. We also rely on third party vendors, who may experience unauthorized access to and disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of such information. Any failure or interruption, or breaches in security, of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems and, therefore, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could lead existing customers to terminate their banking relationships with us and could make it more difficult for us to attract new banking customers.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and our operations and income may be affected adversely by changes in laws, rules and regulations governing our operations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the FRB and the FDIC. The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its fiscal and monetary policies determine in a large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return that can be earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. FRB policies can also materially affect the value of financial instruments that we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans or satisfy their obligations to us. Changes in policies of the FRB are beyond our control and the impact of changes in those policies on our activities and results of operations can be difficult to predict.

 

The Company and the Bank are heavily regulated. This regulation is to protect depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, and not stockholders. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose increased capital requirements and restrictions on a bank’s operations, to reclassify assets, to determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses and to set the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed.

 

Congress, state legislatures and federal and state agencies continually review banking, lending and other laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation, that applies to us or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material adverse impact on our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change. Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or growth prospects. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act and supporting regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for various capital requirements and new restrictions on financial institutions and their holding companies. These changes may result in additional restrictions on investments and other activities.

 

Regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act significantly impact our operations, and we expect to continue to face increased regulation. These regulations may affect the manner in which we do business and the products and services that we provide, affect or restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses or our ability to enter into or acquire new businesses, reduce or limit our revenue or impose additional fees, assessments or taxes on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and the financial services industry, and adversely affect our business operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, established the CFPB with broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have extended implementation periods and require extensive rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by various regulatory agencies. While some rules have been finalized or issued in proposed form, some have yet to be proposed. It is impossible to predict when all such additional rules will be issued or finalized, and what the content of such rules will be.

 

We must apply resources to ensure that we are in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and any implementing rules, which may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings. We expect that the Dodd-Frank Act, including current and future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretations of those rules, will reduce our revenues, increase our expenses, require us to change certain of our business practices, increase the regulatory supervision of us, increase our capital requirements and impose additional assessments and costs on us, and otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

26

 

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and new capital rules is uncertain.

 

In July 2013, the FRB and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to revise their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule applies to all banking organizations. Among other things, the rule establishes a common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5 percent of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement of 6.0 percent of risk-weighted assets and assigns higher risk-weightings than in the past (150 percent) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on non-accrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” in excess of 2.5 percent of common equity tier 1 capital in addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. The final rule became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer was phased in over a three-year period that began on January 1, 2016 and ended on January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement became effective. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.

 

While our current capital levels exceed the capital requirements, our capital levels could decrease in the future as a result of factors such as acquisitions, faster than anticipated growth, reduced earnings levels, operating losses and other factors. The application of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in our inability to pay dividends or repurchase shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

 

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Non-compliance with the Patriot Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions or operating restrictions.

 

The Patriot and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines, sanctions or restrictions that could have a material adverse effect on our strategic initiatives. Several banking institutions have received large fines, or suffered limitations on their operations, for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. Although we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance can be given that these policies and procedures will be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

 

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments will negatively impact our earnings.

 

We may pay higher FDIC premiums in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum FDIC deposit insurance reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet this ratio by the statutory deadline of December 31, 2020.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on institutions with assets less than $10 billion. To implement the offset requirement, the FDIC has imposed a temporary surcharge on institutions with assets greater than $10 billion. In addition to the minimum reserve ratio, the FDIC must set a designated reserve ratio. The FDIC has set a designated reserve ratio of 2.0, which exceeds the minimum reserve ratio.

 

27

 

Our holding company relies on dividends from the Bank for substantially all of its income and the net proceeds of capital raising transactions are currently the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common stockholders.

 

Our primary source of revenue at the holding company level is dividends from the Bank and we also have previously relied on the net proceeds of capital raising transactions as the primary source of funds for cash dividends to our preferred and common stockholders. To the extent we are limited in our ability to raise capital in the future, our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders could likewise be limited, especially if we are unable to increase the amount of dividends the Bank pays to us. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, then we may not be able to service our debt, including our senior notes, pay our other obligations or pay cash dividends on our preferred and common stock. Our inability to service our debt, pay our other obligations or pay dividends to our stockholders could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the value of your investment in our securities.

 

We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

 

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. At some point, we may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth.

 

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, our financial performance and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The Company has a deferred tax asset that may or may not be fully realized.

 

The Company has a deferred tax asset and cannot assure that it will be fully realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. If we determine that we will not achieve sufficient future taxable income to realize our net deferred tax asset, we are required under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to establish a full or partial valuation allowance. If we determine that a valuation allowance is necessary, we are required to incur a charge to operations. We regularly assess available positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that our net deferred tax asset will be realized. Realization of a deferred tax asset requires us to apply significant judgment and is inherently speculative because it requires estimates that cannot be made with certainty. At December 31, 2018, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $4.1 million. For additional information, see Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

We may experience future goodwill impairment.

 

If our estimates of the fair value of our reporting units change as a result of changes in our business or other factors, we may determine that a goodwill impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are based on a complex model using, among other things, estimated cash flows and industry pricing multiples. The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31 (the Measurement Date). At each Measurement Date, the Company, in accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, evaluates, based on the weight of evidence, the significance of all qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount.

 

The assessment of qualitative factors at the most recent Measurement Date (December 31, 2018), indicated that it was not more likely than not that impairment existed; as a result, no further testing was performed. No assurance can be given that the Company will not record an impairment loss on goodwill in the future and any such impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

28

 

New lines of business, new products and services, or strategic project initiatives may subject us to additional risks.

 

From time to time, we may seek to implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, which could in turn have a material negative effect on our operating results. New lines of business and/or new products or services also could subject us to additional regulatory requirements, increased scrutiny by our regulators and other legal risks.

 

Additionally from time to time we undertake strategic project initiatives. Significant effort and resources are necessary to manage and oversee the successful completion of these initiatives. These initiatives often place significant demands on a limited number of employees with subject matter expertise and management and may involve significant costs to implement as well as increase operational risk as employees learn to process transactions under new systems. The failure to properly execute on these strategic initiatives could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market areas, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater name recognition, resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services or prices for services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our markets.

 

In addition, our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.

 

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.

 

Provisions in our charter and bylaws, the corporate law of the State of California and federal regulations could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the market price of any class of our equity securities.

 

These provisions include: the election of directors to staggered terms of three years; advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at stockholder meetings, a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors, and the other provisions of our charter and bylaws. Our charter also authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. In addition, pursuant to federal banking regulations, as a general matter, no person or company, acting individually or in concert with others, may acquire more than 10 percent of our common stock without prior approval from our federal banking regulator.

 

These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.

 

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions by activist stockholders.

 

Campaigns by stockholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are sometimes led by investors seeking to increase short-term stockholder value through various corporate actions. In the future we may have disagreements with activist stockholders which could prove disruptive to our operations. Activist stockholders could seek to elect their own candidates to our board of directors or could take other actions intended to challenge our business strategy and corporate governance. Responding to actions by activist stockholders may adversely affect our profitability or business prospects, by diverting the attention of management and our employees from executing our strategic plan. Any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction or strategy arising from activist stockholder initiatives could also cause increased reputational, operational, financial, regulatory and other risks, harm our ability to raise new capital, or adversely affect the market price or increase the volatility of our securities.

 

29

 

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed.

 

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. We have evaluated and tested our internal controls in order to allow management to report on our internal controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we are not able to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we would be required to disclose material weaknesses if they develop or are uncovered and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any such action could negatively impact the perception of us in the financial market and our business.

 

In addition, our internal controls may not prevent or detect all errors and fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met.

 

Changes in United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) could adversely affect our financial results and may require significant changes to our internal accounting systems and processes.

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles and guidance. The FASB periodically issues new accounting standards on a variety of topics. For information regarding new accounting standards, please refer to Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading “Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” These and other such standards generally result in different accounting principles, which may significantly impact our reported results or could result in variability of our financial results.

 

In preparing our financial statements we make certain assumptions, judgments and estimates that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements, which, if not accurate, may significantly impact our financial results.

 

We make assumptions, judgments and estimates for a number of items, including the fair value of financial instruments, goodwill and other intangible assets, the realizability of deferred tax assets, the fair value of stock awards, the allowances for loan losses, income tax provisions and determination, recognition and measurement of impaired loans. These assumptions, judgments and estimates are drawn from historical experience and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from our estimates, and such differences could significantly impact our financial results.

 

The recently passed comprehensive tax reform bill could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could be amended or subject to technical correction, which could change the financial impacts that were recorded at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, or are expected to be recorded in future periods. Additionally, further guidance may be forthcoming from the FASB and SEC, as well as regulations, interpretations and rulings from federal and state tax agencies, which could result in additional impacts, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

Changes in tax laws could increase our corporate taxes, reduce our deferred tax assets or affect pricing of some of our products.

 

We are subject to U.S. federal and state taxes. Our provision for income taxes, our recorded tax liabilities and our net deferred tax assets, including any valuation allowances, are recorded based on estimates. These estimates require us to make significant judgments regarding a number of factors, including, among others, the applicability of various federal and state laws, our interpretation of tax laws and the interpretations given to those tax laws by taxing authorities and courts, the timing of future income and deductions, and our expected levels and sources of future taxable income. Additionally, from time to time there are changes to tax laws and interpretations of tax laws that could cause us to revise our estimates of the amount of tax benefits or deductions expected to be available to us in future periods. In such circumstances, any revisions to our prior estimates would be reflected in the period changed and could have a material and adverse effect on our effective tax rate, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes a number of provisions, including the lowering of the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act has impacted and is expected to continue to impact our Company’s operating results, cash flows, and financial condition. There could be additional tax effects or adjustments related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

30

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish negative reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to sell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.

 

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate widely as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

 

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition and prospects;

 

 

changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

 

failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;

 

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

 

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

 

acquisitions of other banks or financial institutions;

 

 

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

 

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

 

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;

 

 

proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;

 

 

anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involve or affect us;

 

 

successful management of reputational risk; and

 

 

domestic and international economic factors, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity, credit, or asset valuations or volatility, unrelated to our performance.

 

The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in “Forward-Looking Statements,” and in this Item 1A — “Risk Factors.” The capital and credit markets can experience volatility and disruption. Such volatility and disruption can reach unprecedented levels, resulting in downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to their underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.

 

31

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

Our main branch office is located in a complex at 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361, in downtown Oakdale and houses certain administrative offices.  The building has an automated teller machine and onsite parking.  The Company’s Oakdale complex includes the adjacent corporate headquarter building which occupies approximately 20,000 square feet of space. In 2016, our loan production operations expanded into a 15,592 square foot leased building in the adjacent block to the two existing Oakdale buildings.

 

Property Location and Address

 

Square
Footage

 

Lease
Expiration Date

 

Lease
Extension Options

 

Oakdale, 125 North Third Ave.

 

9,600

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Oakdale, 338 East F Street

 

8,608

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Oakdale, 210 East F Street

 

15,592

 

1/2021

 

No extensions

 

Sonora, 14890 Mono Way

 

2,957

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Modesto, 12th & I Street

 

4,500

 

3/2021

 

one, 5-year term extensions

 

Bridgeport, 166 Main Street

 

2,875

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Mammoth Lakes, 307 Old Mammoth Road

 

1,856

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Bishop, 351 North Main Street

 

3,680

 

8/2019

 

one, 5-year term extensions

 

Modesto, 4120 Dale Road

 

4,500

 

3/2021

 

one, 5-year term extensions

 

Turlock, 241 West Main St.

 

7,515

 

1/2020

 

one, 5-year term extensions

 

Patterson, 20 Plaza Circle

 

2,100

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Escalon, 1910 McHenry Ave.

 

3,500

 

4/2021

 

two, 5-year term extensions

 

Ripon, 150 North Wilma Ave.

 

1,800

 

12/2020

 

No remaining extensions

 

Stockton, 2935 West March Lane

 

8,000

 

12/2022

 

two, 5-year term extensions

 

Modesto, 3508 McHenry Ave.

 

5,400

 

n/a*

 

n/a*

 

Manteca, 191 W. North Street

 

2,800

 

5/2021

 

one, 5-year term extensions

 

Tracy, 1034 N. Central Ave.

 

5,000

 

7/2024

 

two, 5-year term extensions

 

Sonora, 85 Mono Way

 

4,000

 

12/2030

 

two, 5-year term extensions

 

Sacramento, 455 Capital Mall, Suite 115

 

3,109

 

8/2023

 

two, 5-year term extensions

 

 


* The Company owns this property.

 

Management has determined that all of its premises are adequate for its present and anticipated level of business.

 

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Our management evaluates its exposure to these claims and proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimable and the loss is probable.

 

To our knowledge, there are no material litigation matters pending at the current time. Although the results of any such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of any such claims and proceedings will not have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.

 

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable. 

 

32

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

 

Trading Symbol and Holders of Common Stock

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “OVLY.” On February 26, 2019, there were approximately 402 shareholders of record of the common stock and 8,195,459 outstanding shares of common stock. The actual number of shareholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

 

 

Dividends

 

Our ability to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a specified period, but also on our meeting certain capital requirements.

 

Dividends the Company declares are subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the “Corporation Law”). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make a distribution to its shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1 and 1/4 times its current liabilities.

 

Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board has authority to limit the payment of dividends by bank holding companies, such as the Company, in certain circumstances, requiring, among other things, a holding company to consult with the Federal Reserve Board prior to payment of a dividend if the company does not have sufficient recent earnings in excess of the proposed dividend.

 

The principal source of funds from which the Company may pay dividends is the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The availability of dividends from the Bank is limited by various statutes and regulations. The Bank is subject first to corporate restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. Further, the Bank may not pay a dividend if it would be undercapitalized after the dividend payment is made. The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the “Financial Code”). The Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of (a) bank’s retained earnings; or (b) bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period. However, a bank may, with the approval of the DBO, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (a) its retained earnings; (b) its net income for its last fiscal year; or (c) its net income for its current fiscal year. In the event that the DBO determines that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the DBO may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution. The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the bank would be included in one of the “undercapitalized” categories for capital adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law.

 

While the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction.

 

Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends only when and if dividends are declared by our Board of Directors. Although we have paid dividends in the past, it is no guarantee that we will pay cash dividends in the future.

 

33

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2018 with respect to shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options issued under the 2008 Equity Plan (the “2008 Equity Plan”), and the number of shares that are authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2018 Equity Plan (the “2018 Equity Plan”). Shares subject to restricted stock awards are not included in the table below.

 

   

A

   

B

   

C

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding Options

   

Weighted Average Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

   

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance

Under 2018 Equity Plan
(Excluding Securities

Reflected in Column A)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders

    1,000     $ 5.74       595,250  

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders

    0       0       0  

Total

    1,000     $ 5.74       595,250  

 

 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Not applicable.

 

34

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

 

The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and results of operations for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included in this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs and involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should carefully read “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included in this report.

 

 

Introduction

 

Our continued focus on responsible community banking fundamentals and our strong customer relationships have enabled us to increase our market presence through growth in our loan portfolio, which is primarily funded by steady core deposit growth.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $1.1 billion in total assets, $712 million in total gross loans, and $986 million in total deposits.

 

We believe the following were key indicators of our performance during 2018:

 

● Total assets increased to $1.09 billion at the end of 2018, an increase of 5.8%, from $1.03 billion at the end of 2017.

 

● Total deposits increased to $986 million at the end of 2018, an increase of 5.1%, from $939 million at the end of 2017.

 

● Total net loans increased to $702 million at the end of 2018, an increase of 7.5%, from $653 million at the end of 2017.

 

● Net interest income increased to $38.6 million in 2018, an increase of $4.4 million or 12.8%, compared to $34.2 million in 2017, mainly as a result of growth of our loan and investment portfolios.

 

● Provision for loan losses increased by $205,000 to $555,000 in 2018, compared to $350,000 in 2017, mainly due to loan growth as overall credit quality remains strong.

 

● The ratio of total non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 0.13% at December 31, 2018 from 0.20% at December 31, 2017. Management considers the size of the ratio of non-performing assets to total loans to be low and manageable, and reserves have been taken appropriately.

 

● Total noninterest income decreased to $4.7 million in 2018, a decrease of 21.2%, from $6.0 million in 2017, which is mainly attributable to merger related settlement payments from professional service providers recorded during 2017.

 

● Total noninterest expense increased from $24.6 million in 2017 to $27.4 million in 2018, primarily due to one new branch that opened in 2018, two branch relocations in 2018, and increased general operating costs to support our growing loan and deposit portfolios.

 

● Provision from income taxes decreased by $2.3 million to $3.8 million in 2018, mainly due to the lower federal income tax rate and the $983,000 deferred tax asset re-measurement recorded in December 2017, following the passing of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

 

These items, as well as other factors, contributed to the increase in net income for 2018 to $11.5 million from $9.09 million in 2017, which translates into $1.42 per diluted share in 2018 as compared to $1.13 per diluted share in 2017.

 

Over the past several years, our network of branches and loan production offices have expanded geographically. We currently maintain seventeen full-service offices. We intend to continue our growth strategy in future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production offices as our needs and resources permit.

 

35

 

2019 Outlook

 

As we begin our strategic business plan for 2019, we remained focused on relationship-based expansion throughout our market area. We will continue to focus on increasing our loan-to-deposit ratio to expand our net interest margin, while attempting to control expenses and credit losses.

 

The increased market interest rates in recent years has had a positive impact on net interest income mainly due to growth of earning assets and the fact that our balance sheet is slightly asset sensitive. We expect that we will likely not realize the same positive impact if there is a pull-back on the level of interest rate increases in 2019. The potential compression of net interest income and net interest margin would be a likely outcome if interest rates remain static or decline, given that our balance sheet is asset sensitive to interest rate changes primarily due to the number of variable rate loans and a high level of interest-earning cash balances. This could in turn result in further decrease on the yield of earning assets compared to the cost of deposits and other funds, which remain at historic lows which cannot reasonably be further reduced.

 

Favorable trends in our economy prompted the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee, or FOMC, to increase the target federal funds by 0.25% in 2016, 0.75% in 2017 and 1.00% in 2018. Given our asset sensitive balance sheet, our net interest income will be expected to benefit from interest rate increases, but any such benefit will be proportional to the increase in rates. If we experience an increase in our yield on earnings assets, we could then determine to increase the interest rates we pay on our deposit accounts or change our promotional or other interest rates on new deposits in marketing activation programs to attempt to achieve a certain net interest margin. That said, in light of the current economic environment, if the rates increase is modest, it may not be possible to manage the interest margin in this manner, as competitive pressures may dictate that we increase deposit rates at a faster rate than the earning assets increase, thereby offsetting any gains to the net interest margin. The economies and real estate markets in our primary market areas will continue to be significant determinants of the quality of our assets in future periods and, thus, our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

 

For 2019, management remains focused on the above challenges and opportunities and other factors affecting the business similar to the factors driving the 2018 results as discussed in this section.

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management's most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that effect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one previously acceptable method to another method, although the economics of our transactions would be the same.

 

Management has determined the following accounting policies to be critical:

 

 

Asset Impairment Judgments

 

Certain of our assets are carried in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test for impairment of various assets. In addition to our impairment analyses related to loans, another significant impairment analysis relates to other than temporary declines in the value of our securities.

 

Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired and are carried at fair value or below. Appraisals are done periodically on impaired loans and if required, an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral less the cost related to liquidation of the collateral. In some circumstances, an impaired loan may be charged off to bring the carrying value to fair value.

 

36

 

Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure, are held-for-sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs. Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the allowance for loan losses, subsequent to foreclosure. Appraisals or evaluations are then done periodically thereafter, charging any additional write-downs or valuation allowances to the appropriate expense accounts.

 

Net realizable value of the underlying collateral is the fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs and any prior liens. Appraisals, recent comparable sales, offers and listing prices are factored in when valuing the collateral. We review and verify the qualifications and licenses of the certified general appraisers used for appraising commercial properties or certified residential appraisers for residential properties. Real estate appraisals may utilize a combination of approaches including replacement cost, sales comparison and the income approach. Comparable sales and income data are analyzed by the appraisers and adjusted to reflect differences between them and the subject property such as type, leasing status and physical condition. When the appraisals are received, management reviews the assumptions and methodology utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting value in conjunction with independent data sources, such as recent market data and industry-wide statistics. We generally use a 6% discount for selling costs which is applied to all properties, regardless of size. Appraised values may be adjusted to reflect changes in market conditions that have occurred subsequent to the appraisal date, or for revised estimates regarding the timing or cost of the property sale. These adjustments are based on qualitative judgments made by management on a case-by-case basis.

 

Our available for sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its carrying value and whether such decline is other than temporary. If such decline is deemed other than temporary, we would adjust the carrying amount of the security by writing down the security to fair value through a charge to current period income. The fair values of our securities are significantly affected by changes in interest rates.

 

In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decrease; as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will increase. With significant changes in interest rates, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security for a sufficient time to recover the recorded principal balance. Estimated fair values for securities are based on published or securities dealers’ market values. Market volatility is unpredictable and may impact such values.

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of lending and making commercial loans. Accounting for our allowance for loan losses involves significant judgment and assumptions by management and is based on historical data and management’s view of the current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews the methodology and adequacy of allowance for loan losses and reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and approval.

 

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable incurred losses with regard to our loans. Our loan loss provision for each period is dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loans, delinquencies, management's assessment of the quality of the loans, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic conditions in our market area. We base our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio.

 

Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances are intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses and involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio, in three phases:

 

 

the specific review of individual loans,

 

 

the segmenting and review of loan pools with similar characteristics, and

 

 

our judgmental estimate based on various subjective factors:

 

The first phase of our methodology involves the specific review of individual loans to identify and measure impairment. We evaluate each loan by use of a risk rating system, except for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. Specific risk rated loans are deemed impaired if all amounts, including principal and interest, will likely not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial and real estate loans is measured either based on the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral, less selling and holding costs.

 

The second phase involves the segmenting of the remainder of the risk rated loan portfolio into groups or pools of loans, together with loans with similar characteristics, for evaluation. We determine the calculated loss ratio to each loan pool based on its historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer banks.

 

37

 

In the third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect the collectability of loan portfolio and each group of loan pool. The factors considered are, but are not limited to:

 

 

concentration of credits,

 

 

nature and volume of the loan portfolio,

 

 

delinquency trends,

 

 

non-accrual loan trend,

 

 

problem loan trend,

 

 

loss and recovery trend,

 

 

quality of loan review,

 

 

lending and management staff,

 

 

lending policies and procedures,

 

 

economic and business conditions, and

 

 

other external factors.

 

Our management estimates the probable effect of such conditions based on our judgment, experience and known or anticipated trends. Such estimation may be reflected as an additional allowance to each group of loans, if necessary. Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance.

 

Central to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance is our loan risk rating system. Under this system, the originating credit officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis of each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior line and credit administration personnel. Credits are monitored by line and credit administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition which may impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loans, specific loan pools, and off-balance sheet credit exposures (which are reported separately as part of other liabilities), the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety.

 

It is the policy of management to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level adequate for risks inherent in the overall loan portfolio, however, the loan portfolio can be adversely affected if the state of California’s economic conditions and its real estate market in our general market area were to further deteriorate or weaken. Additionally, further weakness of a prolonged nature in the agricultural and general economy would have a negative impact on the local market. The effect of such economic events, although uncertain and unpredictable at this time, could result in an increase in the levels of nonperforming loans and additional loan losses, which could adversely affect our future growth and profitability. No assurance of the level of predicted credit losses can be given with any certainty.

 

 

Non-Accrual Loan Policy

 

Interest on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed collectible. Accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan is over 90 days delinquent or if management believes that collection is highly uncertain. Generally, payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all principal has been repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals.

 

38

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014.

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.

 

We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. For detailed information on our use of fair value measurements and our related valuation methodologies, see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.   

 

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is a converged standard involving FASB and International Financial Reporting Standards that provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers across transactions and industries. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount and at a time that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Subsequent updates related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) are as follows:

 

●      August 2015 ASU No. 2015-14 - Deferral of the Effective Date, institutes a one-year deferral of the effective date of this amendment to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

 

●      March 2016 ASU No. 2016-08 - Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations and on the use of indicators that assist an entity in determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer.

 

●      April 2016 ASU No. 2016-10 - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, provides guidance in determining performance obligations in a contract with a customer and clarifies whether a promise to grant a license provides a right to access or the right to use intellectual property.

 

●      May 2016 ASU No. 2016-12 - Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, gives further guidance on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition.

 

Topic 606 was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. No additional disaggregated revenue disclosures are necessary because interest income sources are scoped out and there are no additional significant noninterest income sources to break out on the consolidated statement of income.

 

39

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this ASU make improvements to GAAP related to financial instruments that include the following as applicable to us.

 

●      Equity investments, except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee, are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.

 

●      This ASU simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment - if impairment exists, this requires measuring the investment at fair value.

 

●      This ASU eliminates the requirement for public companies to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is currently required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

 

●      Public companies will be required to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes.

 

●      This ASU requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

●      The reporting entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity's other deferred tax assets.

 

ASU 2016-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018 and impacted the Company’s financial statement disclosures but did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU was issued to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities, including leases classified as operating leases under previous GAAP, on the balance sheet and requiring additional disclosures of key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, and requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. Early application of the ASU is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact to its balance sheet and expects that the gross-up in its balance sheet from recording a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for each lease as a result of adopting this ASU will not be material.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). This update changes the methodology used by financial institutions under current U.S. GAAP to recognize credit losses in the financial statements.  Currently, U.S. GAAP requires the use of the incurred loss model, whereby financial institutions recognize in current period earnings, incurred credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.    This guidance results in a new model for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses, commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.  Under the CECL model, financial institutions are required to estimate future credit losses and recognize those losses in current period earnings.  The amendments within the update are effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted.  Upon adoption of the amendments within this update, the Company will be required to make a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact the adoption of this update will have on its financial statements. While the Company has not quantified the impact of this ASU, it does expect changing from the current incurred loss model to an expected loss model will result in an earlier recognition of losses.

 

40

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The ASU was issued to address certain stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The ASU provides companies the option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the change from the newly enacted corporate tax rate is recorded. The amount of the reclassification would be calculated on the basis of the difference between the historical and newly enacted tax rates for deferred tax liabilities and assets related to items within accumulated other comprehensive income. The ASU requires companies to disclose its accounting policy related to releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income, whether it has elected to reclassify the stranded tax effects, and information about the other income tax effects that are reclassified. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods, therein, and early adoption is permitted for public business entities for which financial statements have not yet been issued. As of December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the ASU and made a reclassification adjustment from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, related to the stranded tax effects due to the change in the federal corporate tax rate applied on the unrealized gains (losses) on investments on a portfolio basis, to reflect the provisions of this ASU.

 

 

Results of Operations

 

The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The second is noninterest income, which primarily consists of deposit service charges and fees, the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance and mortgage commissions. The majority of the Company's noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers.

 

 

Overview

 

We recorded net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $11,537,000 or $1.42 per diluted share compared to $9,094,000 or $1.13 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily due to an increase of $4,388,000 in net interest income, mainly from the growth of our loan and investment portfolios. Non-interest income decreased by $1,264,000 in 2018, mainly as a result of non-recurring merger related settlement payments recorded in 2017. The provision for loan losses increased by $205,000 in 2018 due to loan growth. Non-interest expense increased by $2,813,000 associated with two branch relocations and one de novo branch opened in 2018, in addition to general operating overhead increases to support the growth of our loan and deposit portfolios. The income tax provision decreased by $2,337,000 due to the lower federal income tax rate in 2018 and a $983,000 deferred tax asset adjustment in 2017 related to the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

 

Highlights of the financial results are presented in the following table:

 

 

   

As of and for the years ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2018

   

2017

   

2016

 

For the period:

                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 11,537       9,094     $ 7,665  

Net income per common share:

                       

Basic

  $ 1.43       1.13     $ 0.95  

Diluted

  $ 1.42       1.13     $ 0.95  

Return on average common equity

    12.26

%

    10.41

%

    9.43

%

Return on average assets

    1.08

%

    0.91

%

    0.83

%

Common stock dividend payout ratio of earnings during the period

    18.31

%

    22.23

%

    25.31

%

Efficiency ratio

    61.37

%

    60.66

%

    63.13

%

At period end:

                       

Book value per common share

  $ 18.30       11.21     $ 10.19  

Total assets

  $ 1,094,887       1,034,852     $ 1,002,110  

Total gross loans

  $ 711,902       662,544     $ 610,949  

Total deposits

  $ 986,495       938,882     $ 914,093  

Net loan-to-deposit ratio

    71.18

%

    69.55

%

    65.76

%

 

41

 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

Our primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees derived from earning assets and interest paid on liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected by changes in the level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also affected by changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those factors are, in turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, such as federal economic policies, the general supply of money in the economy, legislative tax policies, governmental budgetary matters, and the actions of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

For a detailed analysis of interest income and interest expense, see the “Average Balance Sheets” and the “Rate/Volume Analysis” below.

 

   

Distribution, Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income

 
   

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
   

Average Balance

   

Interest Income/ Expense

   

Avg

Rate/

Yield

   

Average Balance

   

Interest Income/ Expense

   

Avg

Rate/

Yield

 

Assets:

                                           

Earning assets:

                                           

Gross loans (1) (2)

  $ 657,896     $ 31,777     4.83%     $ 624,447     $ 29,227     4.68%  

Securities of U.S. government agencies

    17,933       210     1.17%       15,289       196     1.28%  

Other investment securities (2)

    184,588       6,033     3.27%       156,310       5,410     3.46%  

Federal funds sold

    10,173       191     1.88%       8,997       100     1.11%  

Interest-earning deposits

    137,590       2,646     1.92%       134,411       1,513     1.13%  

Total interest-earning assets

    1,008,180       40,857     4.05%       939,454       36,446     3.88%  

Total noninterest earning assets

    59,303                     62,460                

Total Assets

  $ 1,067,483                   $ 1,001,914                

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:

                                           

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                           

Interest-Earning DDA

    238,829       517     0.22%       200,942       292     0.15%  

Money market deposits

    288,454       913     0.32%       289,155       553     0.19%  

Savings deposits

    74,317       35     0.05%       69,348       51     0.07%  

Time certificates over $250,000

    18,725       68     0.36%       20,273       74     0.37%  

Other time deposits

    26,845       73     0.27%       31,877       95     0.30%  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    647,170       1,606     0.25%       611,595       1,065     0.17%  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                                           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    320,810                     297,364                

Other liabilities

    5,385                     5,566                

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

    326,195                     302,930                

Shareholders' equity

    94,118                     87,389                

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 1,067,483                   $ 1,001,914                

Net interest income

          $ 39,251                   $ 35,381        

Net interest spread (3)

                  3.80%                     3.71%  

Net interest margin (4)

                  3.89%                     3.77%  

 


(1)

Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

(2)

Yields on municipal securities and loans have been adjusted to their fully-taxable equivalents (FTE), based on a federal marginal tax rate of 21.0% in 2018 and 34% in 2017.

(3)

Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)

Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

42

 

Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis (“FTE”), increased $3,870,000 or 10.9% to $39,251,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $35,381,000 in 2017. Net interest spread and net interest margin were 3.80% and 3.89%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 3.71% and 3.77%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This upward trend is mainly due to the increase in earning asset yield as described below.

 

Our earning asset yield increased 17 basis points in 2018 compared to 2017. The yield on loans recognized an increase of 15 basis points for 2018 compared to 2017, which was primarily due to loan repricing of variable rate loans, higher rate indexes on new loans and an increase in loan fees. The increase in loan yield was complemented by growth in the loan and investment portfolio average balances of $33,449,000 and $30,922,000, respectively, in 2018 as compared to 2017. Lastly, the recent Federal Reserve interest rate hikes have had a positive impact to our earning asset yield given the large interest-earning cash balances we hold.

 

The cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities increased slightly to 0.25% in 2018 compared to 0.17% in 2017 as our excess liquidity has allowed us to keep deposit rates low on a relative basis. Average non-interest-bearing demand deposit balances increased by $23,446,000 in 2018 compared to 2017, which contributed in maintaining our low cost of funds.

 

In spite of the interest margin expansion the Company has recognized over recent years, there are certain factors that have limited net interest margin expansion and could possibly result in in net interest margin compression if rates were to fall, which include: 1) deposit interest rates remain at historic lows from which they cannot reasonably be further reduced, 2) competition in the lending market restrict significant increases in new loan rates, and 3) deposit growth has out-paced loan growth in recent years resulting in higher interest-bearing cash balances, which yielded approximately 1.92% on average during 2018.

 

Changes in volume resulted in an increase in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $2,591,000 for the year of 2018 compared to the year 2017, and changes in interest rates and the mix resulted in an increase in net interest income (on a FTE basis) of $1,279,000 for the year 2018 versus the year 2017. Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin.

 

Market rates are in part based on the FOMC target Federal funds interest rate (the interest rate banks charge each other for short-term borrowings).  The change in the Federal funds sold rates is the result of target rate changes implemented by the FOMC.  In 2008, there were seven downward adjustments to the target rate totaling 325 basis points, bringing the target interest rate to a historic low with a range of 0% to 0.25% where it remained until December 2015 when the FOMC increased by 0.25% to a range of 0.25% to 0.50%. The FOMC increased the Federal funds rate again in December 2016 by 0.25% to a range of 0.50% to 0.75%. In 2017, the FOMC increased the Federal funds rate by 0.25% on three occasions resulting in a range of 1.25% to 1.50% as of December 31, 2017. In 2018, the FOMC increased the Federal funds rate by 0.25% on four occasions resulting in a range of 2.25% to 2.50% as of December 31, 2018.

 

43

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the Company for the periods indicated. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); and (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by old average volume). Changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to the changes due to volume and rate in proportion to the absolute value of the changes due to volume and rate prior to the allocation.

 

   

For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

2018 vs. 2017

   

2017 vs. 2016

 
   

Increases (Decreases)

   

Increases (Decreases)

 
   

Due to Change In

   

Due to Change In

 
                                     
   

Volume

   

Rate

   

Total

   

Volume

   

Rate

   

Total

 

Interest income:

                                               

Net loans (1)

  $ 1,566     $ 984     $ 2,550     $ 2,191     $ (446 )   $ 1,745  

Securities of U.S. government agencies

    34       (20 )     14       104       16       120  

Other Investment securities

    979       (356 )     623       591       (252 )     339  

Federal funds sold

    13       78       91       10       55       65  

Interest-earning deposits

    36       1,097       1,133       62       784       846  

Total interest income

    2,628       1,783       4,411       2,958       157       3,115  

Interest expense:

                                               

Interest-Earning DDA

  $ 55     $ 170     $ 225     $ 26     $ 105     $ 131  

Money market deposits

    (1 )     361       360       2       235       237  

Savings deposits

    4       (20 )     (16 )     (8 )     (58 )     (66 )

Time certificates over $250,000

    (6 )     0       (6 )     2       9       11  

Other time deposits

    (15 )     (7 )     (22 )     (5 )     (7 )     (12 )

Total interest expense

    37       504       541       17       284       301  

Change in net interest income

  $ 2,591     $ 1,279     $ 3,870     $ 2,941     $ (127 )   $ 2,814  

 

 


(1) Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income.

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company establishes an allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the consolidated statements of income as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers to be adequate to provide for credit losses inherent in its loan portfolio. Management determines the level of the allowance by performing a quarterly analysis that considers concentrations of credit, past loss experience, current economic conditions, the amount and composition of the loan portfolio (including nonperforming and potential problem loans), estimated fair value of underlying collateral, and other information relevant to assessing the risk of loss inherent in the loan portfolio such as loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, and delinquencies. As a result of management’s analysis, a range of the potential amount of the allowance for loan losses is determined.

 

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $555,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018 mainly to provide an adequate loan loss reserve for the new loan funding, as compared to provisions of $350,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Nonperforming loans were $920,000 at December 31, 2018 and $1,311,000 at December 31, 2017, or 0.13% and 0.20%, respectively, of total loans. Nonperforming loans are primarily in nonperforming real estate construction and development loans. The allowance for loan losses was $8,685,000 and $8,166,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, or 1.22% and 1.23%, respectively, of total loans. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans is due to the decrease in non-accrual loans and noted trends in improved credit quality. The continued credit quality improvement has resulted in relatively low net charge-off totals of $36,000 in 2018 and $16,000 in 2017.

 

The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and make additions to the allowance in accordance with the analysis referred to above. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, actual results may differ from management’s estimate of credit losses and the related allowance.

 

44

 

Noninterest Income

 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest income for the periods indicated:

 

 

   

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
   

(Amount)

    (%)    

(Amount)

    (%)  

Service charges on deposit accounts

  $ 1,549       32.9 %   $ 1,424       23.8 %

Debit card transaction fee income

    1,185       25.1 %     1,104       18.5 %

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

    511       10.8 %     514       8.6 %

Mortgage commissions

    110       2.3 %     168       2.8 %

Gains on called/sold securities

    81       1.7 %     395       6.6 %

Gain on sale of OREO

    193       4.1 %     211       3.5 %

Other income

    1,083       23.0 %     2,160       36.1 %

Total

  $ 4,712       100.0 %   $ 5,976       100.0 %
                                 

Average assets

  $ 1,067,483             $ 1,001,914          

Noninterest income as a % of average assets

            0.4 %             0.6 %

 

 

Noninterest income was $4,712,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $5,976,000 for the year 2017. Service charge income and debit card transaction fee income increased to $1,549,000 and $1,185,000, respectively, for the year 2018 compared to $1,424,000 and $1,104,000 for the year 2017, as a result of the increase in the aggregate number of transaction deposit accounts and corresponding service fee income. Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance and gains recognized a decrease of $3,000 in 2018 compared to 2017, due to a slight yield variance. Mortgage commissions have decreased by $58,000 for the year 2018, as compared to 2017, as a result of the decreased demand for home purchases and refinancing. Gains on called and sold securities decreased from $395,000 in 2017 to $81,000 in 2018, mainly from one security that was called during the first quarter of 2017. There was one sale of an OREO property in 2017 and 2018, which resulted in a gain of $193,000 for 2018 as compared to $211,000 for 2017. In 2018, other income decreased by $1,077,000, which was attributable to merger related settlement payments of $938,000 from professional service providers, and a $108,000 gain on sale of a fixed asset property that was recorded in 2017. The Company continues to evaluate its deposit product offerings with the intention of continuing to expand its offerings to the consumer and business depositors.

 

45

 

Noninterest Expense

 

The following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods indicated:

 

 

   

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
   

(Amount)

   

(%)

   

(Amount)

   

(%)

 

Salaries and employee benefits

  $ 16,287       59.5 %   $ 14,110       57.4 %

Occupancy expenses

    3,631       13.3 %     3,346       13.6 %

Data processing fees

    1,707       6.2 %     1,560       6.4 %

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DBO)

    440       1.6 %     492       2.0 %

Other operating expenses

    5,313       19.4 %     5,057       20.6 %

Total

  $ 27,378       100.0 %   $ 24,565       100.0 %
                                 

Average assets

  $ 1,067,483             $ 1,001,914          

Noninterest expenses as a % of average assets

            2.6 %             2.5 %

 

 

Noninterest expense was $27,378,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2,813,000 or 11.5% compared to $24,565,000 for the year ended 2017. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $2,177,000 in 2018 to $16,287,000 compared to the prior year. Due to the new Sacramento branch and to support loan and deposit growth, we increased our full-time equivalent staff by eleven as of December 31, 2018 compared to last year, which resulted in increased salary expense and group medical insurance benefits.

 

Occupancy expense realized an increase of $285,000 in 2018 compared to the prior year, primarily from rent and other overhead expenses. The 2018 total includes rent from the new Sacramento branch and a non-recurring charge of $85,000 for the remaining lease obligation on our vacated Turlock branch, which was relocated during the second quarter of 2018.

 

Data processing costs increased in 2018 over 2017 by $147,000, primarily due to servicing costs on the growing number of loan and deposit accounts. Other operating expenses increased in 2018 by $256,000 compared to 2017, due to various operating expense increases that were necessary to support the growing loan and deposit portfolios.

 

FDIC and DBO regulatory assessments decreased by $52,000 to $440,000 in 2018 compared to $492,000 in 2017. The initial base assessment rate for financial institutions varies based on the overall risk profile of the institution as defined by the FDIC and our risk profile was stable during 2017 and 2018, with a slight improvement for both years in asset quality metrics that are included in the risk profile. The result was a reduction in our assessment rate in 2018; however, we expect this will be offset by deposit growth in 2019. The decrease to our recorded expense in 2018 was despite the higher deposit balances in 2018, as the FDIC assessment rates are applied to average quarterly total liabilities as the primary basis.

 

Other operating expenses increased by $256,000 or 5.1% to $5,313,000 in 2018, primarily as a result of various general operating expense increases required to support our growing business portfolios and compliance mandates, some of which included telephone and data communications, provision for losses on undisbursed loan commitments, audit expenses and director expenses.

 

Management anticipates that noninterest expense will continue to increase as we continue to grow, and management believes the Company’s administration as currently set up is scalable to handle future deposit growth.  However, management remains committed to cost-control and efficiency, and we expect to keep these increases to a minimum relative to growth.

 

46

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

We reported a provision for income taxes of $3,810,000 and $6,147,000 for the years 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 24.8% for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 40.3% for the year 2017. Included in the 2017 tax provision is the deferred tax asset re-measurement adjustment of $983,000 related to the U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017, which lowered the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% for the 2018 tax year. Excluding this adjustment, the effective tax rate on core operations would have been 33.9% in 2017. These provisions reflect accruals for taxes at the applicable rates for federal income tax and California franchise tax based upon reported pre-tax income and adjusted for the effects of all permanent differences between income for tax and financial reporting purposes (such as earnings on qualified municipal securities, BOLI and certain tax-exempt loans).

 

 

Financial Condition

 

The Company’s total assets were $1,094,887,000 at December 31, 2018 compared to $1,034,852,000 at December 31, 2017, an increase of $60,077,000 or 5.8%. Net loans increased $49,231,000, investments increased $27,458,000, bank premises and equipment increased $459,000, interest receivable and other assets increased $5,813,000, while cash and cash equivalents decreased $23,028,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to December 31, 2017.

 

Loans gross of the allowance for loan losses and deferred fees were $711,902,000 at December 31, 2018, compared to $662,544,000 at December 31, 2017, an increase of $49,358,000 or 7.5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $37,369,000 or 7.2% in commercial real estate loans, an increase of $12,642,000 or 18.2% in commercial and industrial loans, a decrease of $795,000 or 2.1% in consumer loans and consumer residential loans and an increase of $142,000 or 0.4% in agriculture loans. The composition of the loan portfolio categories remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total loans, with commercial real estate comprising 78% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Deposits increased $47,613,000 or 5.1% to $986,495,000 at December 31, 2018 compared to $938,882,000 at December 31, 2017. Money Market and Time Deposits decreased by $7,576,000 and $7,215,000, respectively, while Demand and Savings increased by $55,119,000 and $7,285,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 as compared to December 31, 2017.

 

There were no short-term borrowing or long-term debt outstanding balances at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company uses short-term borrowings, primarily short-term FHLB advances, to fund short-term liquidity needs and manage net interest margin.

 

Equity increased $8,271,000 or 9.1% to $99,038,000 at December 31, 2018, compared to $90,767,000 at December 31, 2017.

 

 

Investment Activities

 

Investments are a key source of interest income. Management of our investment portfolio is set in accordance with strategies developed and overseen by our Investment Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk management objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future cash flows and all available sources of credits and are maintained at levels management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting anticipated funding needs.

 

Cash Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial Institutions

 

The Company holds federal funds sold, unpledged available-for-sale securities and salable government guaranteed loans to help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, we had $9,720,000 and $6,205,000, respectively, in federal funds sold.

 

47

 

Investment Securities

 

Management of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level of liquidity and establishing an interest rate-sensitive position, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. Investment securities that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified as either available-for-sale or equity securities. Currently, all of our investment securities are classified as available-for-sale, except for one mutual fund classified as an equity security.

 

The fair value of the equity security was $3,106,000 and $3,112,000 at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Consistent with ASU 2016-01, equity securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized loss of $90,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Our available for sale investment securities holdings increased by $27,464,000 or 15.3%, to $206,712,000 at December 31, 2018, compared to holdings of $179,248,000 at December 31, 2017. The carrying values of available-for-sale investment securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income.

 

Total investment securities as a percentage of total assets increased to 19.2% as of December 31, 2018 compared to 17.6% at December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, $118,771,000 of the investment securities were pledged to secure public deposits.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss position for less than 12 continuous months was $765,000 with an aggregate fair value of $62,617,000. The total unrealized loss on debt securities that were in a loss position for greater than 12 continuous months was $1,586,000 with an aggregate fair value of $57,672,000.

 

The following table summarizes the book value and fair value and distribution of our debt investment securities, which does not include equity securities, as of the dates indicated:

 

Debt Investment Securities Portfolio

 

   

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

   

December 31, 2016

 
   

Amortized

   

Market

   

Amortized

   

Market

   

Amortized

   

Market

 
Dollars in Thousands  

Cost

    Value    

Cost

    Value    

Cost

    Value  

Available-for-Sale:

                                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 44,474     $ 44,106     $ 29,741     $ 29,972     $ 27,879     $ 28,286  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    2,071       2,012       2,628       2,593       4,159       4,109  

Municipal securities

    92,257       93,237       91,201       93,067       77,957       78,329  

SBA pools

    8,707       8,673       11,818       11,850       7,219       7,168  

Corporate debt

    21,426       20,587       19,358       18,789       21,349       20,563  

Asset backed securities

    38,395       38,097       22,866       22,977       18,888       18,819  

Total debt securities

  $ 207,330     $ 206,712     $ 177,612     $ 179,248     $ 157,451     $ 157,274  

 

 

At December 31, 2018, thirty-four municipalities, eleven U.S. agencies, nine corporate debts, four Small Business Administration pools, three collateralized mortgage obligations and two asset-backed securities make up the total debt securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. At December 31, 2018, eighteen U.S. agencies, fourteen municipalities, twelve asset-backed securities, three SBA pools, two corporate debts, one collateralized mortgage obligation make up the total debt securities in a loss position for less than 12 months. Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. This evaluation encompasses various factors including, the nature of the investment, the cause of the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, credit ratings and other credit related factors such as third party guarantees and the volatility of the security’s fair value. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due primarily to interest rate changes, and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security. As of December 31, 2018, we did not have any investment securities that constituted 10% or more of the stockholders’ equity of any third-party issuer.

 

48

 

The following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our debt investment securities, which does not include equity securities, at their amortized cost and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2018:

 

 

Debt Investment Maturities and Repricing Schedule

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Within One Year

   

After One But

Within Five Years

   

After Five But

Within Ten Years

   

After Ten Years

   

Total

 
   

Amount

   

Yield

   

Amount

   

Yield

   

Amount

   

Yield

   

Amount

   

Yield

   

Amount

   

Yield

 

Available-for-sale:

                                                                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 10,199       1.02

%

  $ 2,885       3.16

%

  $ 5,442       3.12

%

  $ 25,948       2.68

%

  $ 44,474       2.38

%

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    0       0.00

%

    0       0.00

%

    0       0.00

%

    2,071       2.67

%

    2,071       2.67

%

Municipalities

    20,749       3.08

%

    47,288       3.09

%

    21,150       4.00

%

    3,070       4.93

%

    92,257       3.36

%

SBA pools

    0       0.00

%

    0       0.00

%

    3,215       4.16

%

    5,492       3.92

%

    8,707       4.01

%

Corporate debt

    6,024       3.06

%

    4,844       3.67

%

    10,558       3.08

%

    0       0.00

%

    21,426       3.21

%

Asset backed securities

    0       0.00

%

    0       0.00

%

    6,042       4.08

%

    32,353       3.82

%

    38,395       3.86

%

Total debt securities

  $ 36,972       2.51

%

  $ 55,017       3.15

%

  $ 46,407       3.71

%

  $ 68,934       3.41

%

  $ 207,330       3.25

%

 

 

Yields in the above table have been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis. Securities are reported at the earliest possible call, repricing or maturity date.

 

 

Loans

 

The following table sets forth the amount of total loans outstanding (including unearned income) and the percentage distributions in each category, as of the dates indicated.

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

   

2014

 

Commercial real estate

  $ 554,519     $ 517,150     $ 478,855     $ 423,047     $ 358,398  

Commercial and industrial

    82,252       69,610       64,201       63,776       54,051  

Consumer

    1,314       689       767       774       805  

Consumer residential

    35,741       37,161       38,672       32,588       25,464  

Agriculture

    38,076       37,934       28,454       20,847       15,753  

Unearned income

    (997 )     (1,389 )     (2,013 )     (3,282 )     (446 )

Total Loans, net of unearned income

  $ 710,905     $ 661,155     $ 608,936     $ 537,750     $ 454,025  
                                         

Participation loans sold and serviced by the Bank

    22,119       19,722       21,348       19,848       16,243  
                                         

Commercial real estate

    78.0 %     78.2 %     78.6 %     78.7 %     78.9 %

Commercial and industrial

    11.6 %     10.5 %     10.5 %     11.9 %     11.9 %

Consumer

    0.2 %     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.2 %

Consumer residential

    5.0 %     5.6 %     6.4 %     6.1 %     5.6 %

Agriculture

    5.4 %     5.7 %     4.7 %     3.9 %     3.5 %

Unearned income

    -0.1 %     -0.2 %     -0.3 %     -0.6 %     -0.1 %

Total Loans, net of unearned income

    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %

 

49

 

Commercial real estate loans increased $37,369,000 in 2018 as compared to 2017, due to the increased demand by qualified borrowers in our serving area. Of the commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2018, 60% are non-owner occupied and 40% are owner occupied. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is weighted towards term loans for which the primary source of repayment is cash flow from net operating income of the real estate property.

 

Commercial and industrial loans increased $12,642,000 in 2018 as compared to 2017. We have historically targeted well-established local businesses with strong guarantors that have proven to be resilient in periods of economic stress.

 

Our residential loan portfolio includes no sub-prime loans, nor is it our normal practice to underwrite loans commonly referred to as "Alt-A mortgages", the characteristics of which are loans lacking full documentation, borrowers having low FICO scores or collateral compositions reflecting high loan-to-value ratios. Substantially all of our residential loans are indexed to Treasury Constant Maturity Rates and have provisions to reset five years after their origination dates.

 

The following table summarizes our commercial real estate loan portfolio by the geographic location in which the property is located as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans Outstanding by Geographic Location

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

Commercial real estate loans by geographic location (County)

 

Amount

 

% of
Commercial
Real Estate

Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Commercial
Real Estate

Loans

Stanislaus

  $ 157,945       28.5 %   $ 173,479       33.5 %

San Joaquin

    122,900       22.2 %     90,275       17.5 %

Sacramento

    42,312       7.6 %     20,501       4.0 %

Tuolumne

    34,515       6.2 %     33,648       6.5 %

Fresno

    31,256       5.6 %     35,711       6.9 %

Merced

    16,458       3.0 %     17,276       3.3 %

Contra Costa

    14,381       2.6 %     10,373       2.0 %

Marin

    12,233       2.2 %     12,658       2.4 %

Madera

    9,517       1.7 %     9,766       1.9 %

Santa Clara

    9,443       1.7 %     2,784       0.5 %

Calaveras

    9,089       1.6 %     8,399       1.6 %

Sonoma

    8,155       1.5 %     8,544       1.7 %

San Luis Obispo

    7,628       1.4 %     11,424       2.2 %

Inyo

    6,802       1.2 %     7,176       1.4 %

Alameda

    5,626       1.0 %     6,675       1.3 %

San Francisco

    5,405       1.0 %     5,521       1.1 %

Solano

    5,363       1.0 %     5,311       1.0 %

Mono

    5,113       0.9 %     6,529       1.3 %

Butte

    4,424       0.8 %     4,162       0.8 %

Other

    45,954       8.3 %     46,938       9.1 %

Total

  $ 554,519       100.0 %   $ 517,150       100.0 %

 

50

 

Construction and land loans are classified as commercial real estate loans and decreased $10.1 million in 2018 as compared to 2017.  The table below shows an analysis of construction loans by type and location. Non-owner-occupied land loans of $11.0 million at December 31, 2018 included loans for lands specified for commercial development of $6.6 million and for residential development of $4.4 million, the majority of which are located in Stanislaus County.

 

Construction and Land Loans Outstanding by Type and Geographic Location

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

Construction and land loans by type

 

Amount

 

% of
Construction

and Land

Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Construction

and Land

Loans

Single family non-owner-occupied

  $ 2,276       7.3 %   $ 1,040       2.5 %

Single family owner-occupied

    2,169       6.9 %     1,039       2.5 %

Commercial non-owner-occupied

    9,328       29.9 %     20,989       50.8 %

Commercial owner-occupied

    6,490       20.8 %     8,197       19.8 %

Land non-owner-occupied

    10,951       35.1 %     10,072       24.4 %

Total

  $ 31,214       100.0 %   $ 41,337       100.0 %

 

 

Construction and land loans by geographic location (County)

 

Amount

 

% of
Construction

and Land

Loans

 

Amount

 

% of
Construction

and Land

Loans

San Joaquin

  $ 10,653       34.1 %   $ 4,994       12.1 %

Stanislaus

    6,034       19.3 %     4,954       12.0 %

Tuolumne

    3,069       9.8 %     1,395       3.4 %

Shasta

    2,033       6.5 %     1,222       2.9 %

Sacramento

    1,728       5.5 %     600       1.4 %

Calaveras

    1,640       5.3 %     402       1.0 %

Los Angeles

    1,600       5.1 %     3,687       8.9 %

Contra Costa

    1,151       3.7 %     975       2.3 %

Mono

    932       3.0 %     1,767       4.3 %

Fresno

    840       2.7 %     9,782       23.7 %

San Mateo

    442       1.4 %     1,940       4.7 %

Inyo

    13       0.1 %     39       0.1 %

Placer

    0       0.0 %     6,804       16.5 %

Solano

    0       0.0 %     1,505       3.6 %

Monterey

    0       0.0 %     898       2.2 %

Other

    1,079       3.5 %     373       0.9 %

Total

  $ 31,214       100.000 %   $ 41,337       100.0 %

 

51

 

Loan Maturities

 

The following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing intervals of the outstanding loans in our portfolio, as of December 31, 2018. In addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with variable or floating interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined interest rates. The large majority of the variable rate loans are tied to independent indices (such as the Wall Street Journal prime rate or a Treasury Constant Maturity Rate). Substantially all loans with an original term of more than five years have provisions for the fixed rates to reset, or convert to a variable rate, after one, three or five years and are therefore classified as a variable rate loan in the table below.

 

 

   

Loan Maturities and Repricing Schedule
At December 31, 2018

 
   

Within
One Year

   

 

After One but Within
Five Years

   

After
Five Years

   

Total

 
                                 

Commercial real estate

  $ 101,777     $ 279,086     $ 173,656     $ 554,519  

Commercial & industrial

    42,625       24,548       15,079       82,252  

Consumer

    822       430       62       1,314  

Consumer residential

    3,770       9,464       22,507       35,741  

Agriculture

    34,876       3,200       0       38,076  

Unearned income

    (261 )     (448 )     (287 )     (996 )

Total loans, net of unearned income

  $ 183,610     $ 316,280     $ 211,015     $ 710,905  
                                 

Loans with variable (floating) interest rates

  $ 155,778     $ 244,263     $ 89,235     $ 489,276  

Loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates

  $ 27,833     $ 72,018     $ 121,780     $ 221,631  

 

 

The majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Northern California. We employ strict guidelines regarding the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. Positive trends in Northern California real estate values, the low loan-to-value ratios in our commercial real estate portfolio, and the high percentage of owner-occupied properties further solidify our credit quality position.

 

 

Nonperforming Assets

 

Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk and could potentially receive less than a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of the Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company's management of credit quality risk is focused primarily on loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines due to customers' inability to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debts and/or downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the obligor's financial capacity to repay deteriorates.

 

Nonperforming assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, loans restructured, where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or principal and OREO.

 

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some changes in financial status, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means and which management intends to offer for sale.

 

The Company had nonperforming loans of $0.9 million at December 31, 2018, as compared to $1.31 million at December 31, 2017, $3.04 million at December 31, 2016, $5.82 million at December 31, 2015 and $4.70 million at December 31, 2014. The ratio of nonperforming loans over total loans was 0.13%, 0.20%, 0.50%, 1.07% and 1.03% at December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In addition, the Company held one OREO property as of December 31, 2018, a residential land property that was acquired through foreclosure that was written down to a zero balance because the public utilities have not been obtainable, thereby rendering these land lots unmarketable at this time. The Company held two OREO properties with outstanding balances of approximately $253,000 as of December 31, 2017, three OREO properties with outstanding balances of approximately $1,210,000 as of December 31, 2016, five OREO properties with outstanding balances of approximately $2,066,000 as of December 31, 2015 and held three properties with balances of approximately $884,000 as of December 31, 2014.

 

Management believes that the reserve provided for nonperforming loans, together with the tangible collateral, were adequate as of December 31, 2018. See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further discussion. Except as disclosed above, as of December 31, 2018, management was not aware of any material credit problems of borrowers that would cause it to have serious doubts about the ability of a borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms. However, no assurance can be given that credit problems may exist that may not have been brought to the attention of management, or that credit problems may not arise in the future.

 

52

 

The following table provides information with respect to the components of our nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated. (The figures in the table are net of the portion guaranteed by the U.S. Government):

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

At December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

   

2014

 

Nonaccrual loans(1)

                                       

Commercial real estate

  $ 906     $ 993     $ 2,715     $ 2,790     $ 4,363  

Commercial and industrial

    0       302       306       322       337  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer residential

    14       16       16       0       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       2704       0  

Total

  $ 920     $ 1,311     $ 3,037     $ 5,816     $ 4,700  
                                         

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (as to principal or interest):

                                       

Commercial real estate

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Commercial and industrial

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer residential

    0       0       0       0       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total

    0       0       0       0       0  
                                         

Total nonperforming loans

    920       1,311       3,037       5,816       4,700  
                                         

Other real estate owned

    0       253       1,210       2,066       884  

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 920     $ 1,564     $ 4,247     $ 7,882     $ 5,584  
                                         

Accruing restructured loans (2)

                                       

Commercial real estate

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Commercial and industrial

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer residential

    0       0       0       0       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total

    0       0       0       0       0  
                                         

Total impaired loans

  $ 920     $ 1,311     $ 3,037     $ 5,816     $ 4,700  
                                         

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

    0.20 %     0.20 %     0.50 %     1.07 %     1.03 %

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other real estate owned

    0.24 %     0.24 %     0.69 %     1.45 %     1.23 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans

    622.88 %     622.88 %     257.89 %     126.48 %     160.30 %

 

 


(1) During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no interest income related to these loans was included in net income while on nonaccrual status. Additional interest income of approximately $68,000 and $114,000 would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms.

(2) A “restructured loan” is one the terms of which were renegotiated to provide a concession because of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.

 

53

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

In anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges are not only made for the outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as commitments to extend credits or letters of credit. The charges made for the outstanding loan portfolio are credited to the allowance for loan losses, whereas charges for off-balance sheet items are credited to the reserve for off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other liabilities. The provision for loan losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision for Loan Losses” above.

 

The balance of our allowance for loan losses is management's best estimate of the probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the real estate market, changes in interest rate and economic and political environments.

 

Historically, over the past five years, the economic recovery has had a positive impact on the financial stability of our borrowers resulting in improvements in credit quality of our loan portfolio which has allowed us to reduce the reserve for loan losses. In 2018, we have continued to benefit from the improved credit quality but due to strong loan growth, we recognized an increase of $519,000 in the allowance for loan losses to $8,685,000 at December 31, 2018, as compared with $8,166,000 at December 31, 2017. Such allowances were $7,832,000, $7,356,000 and $7,534,000 at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2018, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans decreased corresponding to our improved credit quality and loan growth, as reflected in the ratios of 1.22%, 1.23%, 1.28%, 1.36% and 1.66%, at the end of 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease at the end of 2015, and to a lesser degree in 2016 and 2017, is due in part to the acquisition of $42,831,000 in loans from a business combination which are recorded at fair value and therefore do not require a loan loss reserve. Based on the current conditions of the loan portfolio, management believes that the $8,685,000 allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse economic conditions or other circumstances will not result in increased losses in the portfolio.

 

Diversification, low loan-to-values, strong credit quality and enhanced credit monitoring contribute to a reduction in the portfolio’s overall risk and help to offset the economic risk. The impact of the economic environment will continue to be monitored, and adjustments to the provision for loan loss will be made accordingly. During 2018, the Company recognized net loan charge-offs of $36,000 as compared to $16,000, $8,000 and $53,000 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In 2014, we recorded net loan recoveries of $1,752,000, primarily from one loan for which we received a net settlement of $2,923,000, resulting in a recovery of $1,877,000.

 

Management reviews these conditions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions is evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions is not evidenced by a specific, identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management’s evaluation of the inherent loss related to such condition is reflected in the unallocated allowance. Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance is considered in its entirety.

 

As of December 31, 2018, our allowance for loan losses consisted of amounts allocated to three phases of our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances, as follows (see details of methodology for assessing allowance for loan losses in the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies”):

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Phase of Methodology

 

2018

   

2017

   

2016

 

Specific review of individual loans

  $ 680     $ 680     $ 680  

Review of portfolio based on loss trends and current economic climate

    5,051       4,780       4,543  

Review of portfolio based on inherent risk and other subjective factors

    2,954       2,706       2,609  
    $ 8,685     $ 8,166     $ 7,832  

 

54

 

The Components of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 

As stated previously in "Critical Accounting Policies," the overall allowance consists of a specific allowance for individually identified impaired loans, an allowance factor for categories of credits with similar characteristics and trends, and an allowance for changing environmental factors.

 

The first component, the specific allowance, results from the analysis of identified problem credits and the evaluation of sources of repayment including collateral, as applicable. Through management's ongoing loan grading process, individual loans are identified that have conditions that indicate the borrower may be unable to pay all amounts due under the contractual terms. These loans are evaluated individually by management and specified allowances for loan losses are established when the discounted cash flows of future payments or collateral value of collateral-dependent loans are lower than the recorded investment in the loan. Generally, with problem credits that are collateral-dependent, we obtain appraisals of the collateral at least annually. We may obtain appraisals more frequently if we believe the collateral value is subject to market volatility, if a specific event has occurred to the collateral (e.g. tentative map has been filed), or if we believe foreclosure is imminent.  Impaired loan balances decreased from $1,311,000 at December 31, 2017 to $920,000 at December 31, 2018.  The specific allowance totaled $680,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, as we charge off substantially all of our estimated losses related to specifically identified impaired loans as the losses are identified.

 

The second component, the allowance factor, is an estimate of the probable inherent losses in each loan pool stratified by major categories or loans with similar characteristics in our loan portfolio. This analysis encompasses segmenting and reviewing historical losses, loan grades by pool and current general economic and business conditions. Confirmation of the quality of our grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by consultants specifically hired for this purpose and by various bank regulatory agencies. This analysis covers our entire loan portfolio but excludes any loans that were analyzed individually for specific allowances as discussed above. There are limitations to any credit risk grading process. The number of loans makes it impractical to review every loan every quarter. Therefore, it is possible that in the future, some currently performing loans not recently graded will not be as strong as their last grading and an insufficient portion of the allowance will have been allocated to them. Grading and loan review often must be done without knowing whether all relevant facts are at hand. Troubled borrowers may deliberately or inadvertently omit important information from reports or conversations with lending officers regarding their financial condition and the diminished strength of repayment sources.

 

The total amount allocated for the second component is determined by applying loss estimation factors based on loss history to outstanding loans. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the allowance allocated by categories of credits totaled $5.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

 

The third component of the allowance for loan losses is an economic and qualitative component that is intended to absorb losses caused by portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, and economic trends, as stated previously in "Critical Accounting Policies". At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the general valuation allowance, including the economic component, totaled $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. While published economic data indicates that the current economic recovery cycle is approaching 10 years, which would be the longest in U.S history, it is uncertain that the recovery cycle will continue for any definite period of time. In response to this, we have been proactive in evaluating reserve percentages for economic and other qualitative loss factors used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The increase to the third component of the allowance for loan losses reflected such evaluation.

55

 

The table below summarizes, for the periods indicated, loan balances at the end of each period, the daily averages during the period, changes in the allowance for loan losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged off, additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance for loan losses:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

   

2014

 

Balances:

                                       

Average total loans outstanding during period

  $ 657,896     $ 624,447     $ 578,339     $ 466,509     $ 430,448  

Total loans outstanding at end of period

  $ 711,902     $ 662,544     $ 610,949     $ 541,032     $ 454,471  

Allowance for loan losses:

                                       

Balances at beginning of period

  $ 8,166     $ 7,832     $ 7,356     $ 7,534     $ 7,659  
                                         

Actual charge-offs:

                                       

Commercial real estate

    0       0       0       0       103  

Commercial and Industrial

    0       0       0       32       0  

Consumer

    29       30       18       30       40  

Consumer Residential

    17       0       0       0       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total charge-offs

    46       30       18       62       143  
                                         

Recoveries on loans previously charged off:

                                       

Commercial real estate

    0       0       4       5       1,882  

Commercial and Industrial

    0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer

    8       13       5       4       2  

Consumer Residential

    2       1       1       0       11  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0  

Total recoveries

    10       14       10       9       1,895  
                                         

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries)

    36       16       8       53       (1,752 )
                                         

Provision (reversal) for loan losses

    555       350       484       (125 )     (1,877 )
                                         

Balance at end of period

  $ 8,685     $ 8,166     $ 7,832     $ 7,356     $ 7,534  
                                         

Ratios:

                                       

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans

    0.01 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.01 %     -0.41 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period

    1.22 %     1.23 %     1.28 %     1.36 %     1.66 %

Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to allowance for loan losses at end of period

    0.41 %     0.20 %     0.10 %     0.72 %     -23.25 %

Net loan charge-offs to provision for loan losses

    6.49 %     4.57 %     1.65 %     N/A       N/A  

  

56

 

The table below summarizes the allowance for loan loss balance by type of loan balance at the end of each period (See “Loan Portfolio” above for a description of each type of loan balance):

 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount Outstanding as of December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

   

2016

   

2015

   

2014

 

Applicable to:

                                       

Commercial real estate

  $ 6,580     $ 6,331     $ 6,185     $ 5,920     $ 5,963  

Commercial and Industrial

    1,065       813       697       627       720  

Consumer

    39       27       51       38       42  

Consumer Residential

    304       300       325       426       388  

Agriculture

    693       693       504       309       286  

Unallocated

    4       2       70       36       135  

Total Allowance

  $ 8,685     $ 8,166     $ 7,832     $ 7,356     $ 7,534  

 

 

Other Earning Assets

 

For various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than the interest-earning securities and loans discussed above. The primary other earning assets held by the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, includes the cash surrender value of the Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) policies, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock. During 2018, we committed to invest $5 million in a new low-income housing tax credit fund (“LIHTCF”) to promote our participation in CRA activities, which had an unfunded commitment of $3,593,000 as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we held another LIHTC investment that we’ve participated in since 2006, for which the original investment was $1 million, and there were no unfunded commitments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. For both LIHTC investments, we receive the return in the form of tax credits and tax deductions over a period of approximately 15 years. In 2017, we made a $1 million commitment as a limited partner, to a small business private equity partnership to promote our participation in CRA activities. Returns will be received in the form of dividends from the general partner. As of December 31, 2018, we have remaining commitments to fund an additional $600,000 on this investment.

 

The balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

 
                 

BOLI

  $ 19,029     $ 18,517  

LIHTCFs

  $ 5,076     $ 266  

Small business private equity partnership

  $ 400     $ 280  

Federal Reserve Bank Stock

  $ 758     $ 758  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

  $ 3,599     $ 3,377  

 

57

 

Deposits and Other Sources of Funds

 

Deposits

 

Total deposits at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $986,495,000 and $938,882,000, respectively, representing an increase of $47,613,000 or 5.1% in 2018. The average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $59,021,000 or 6.5% to $967,980,000 compared to $908,959,000 at December 31, 2017.

 

Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds. Due to strategic emphasis by management, core deposits (based on definition provided by FDIC’s Uniform Bank Performance Report) increased by $49.2 million or 5.4% in 2018 to $968.0 million at December 31, 2018. The percentage of core deposits to total deposits increased slightly to 98.1% at December 31, 2018 as compared to 97.9% at December 31, 2017. The average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of over $250,000 was 0.36% and 0.37% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The composition and cost of the Company's deposit base are important components in analyzing the Company's net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other sections herein. See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” for further discussion.

 

The Company's liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic conditions in California and the Company's market area in particular, continue to weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $250,000, as customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances.

 

The following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the average daily rates paid for the periods indicated:

 

Distribution of Average Daily Deposits

 

   

Average Deposits

 
   

2018

   

2017

   

2016

 

 

 

Average

   

Average

   

Average

   

Average

   

Average

   

Average

 
(Dollars in Thousands)   

Balance

   

Rate

   

Balance

   

Rate

   

Balance

   

Rate

 
                                           

Demand

  $ 559,639     0.22%     $ 498,306     0.06%     $ 427,224     0.04%  

Money market

    288,454     0.32%       289,155     0.19%       287,010     0.11%  

Savings

    74,317     0.05%       69,348     0.07%       74,669     0.16%  

Time certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more

    18,725     0.36%       20,273     0.37%       19,560     0.32%  

Other time deposits

    26,845     0.27%       31,877     0.30%       33,356     0.32%  

Total deposits

  $ 967,980     0.17%     $ 908,959     0.12%     $ 841,819     0.09%  

 

 

The scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of more than $250,000 at December 31, 2018 are, as follows:

 

Maturities of Time Deposits over $250,000

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Three months or less

  $ 2,165  

Over three months through six months

    529  

Over six months through twelve months

    4,043  

Over twelve months

    11,759  

Total

  $ 18,496  

 

Because our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts, individual account balances are generally higher than those of consumer-oriented banks. Seven of our clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total deposits, one of which had a deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits at December 31, 2018. The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

58

 

FHLB Borrowings

 

Although deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment activities and for general business purposes, we may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) as an alternative to retail deposit funds. We had no outstanding balances as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 or at any time during 2018 and 2017.  See “Liquidity Management” below for the details on the FHLB borrowings program.

 

 

Return on Equity and Assets

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our return on equity and assets for the periods indicated:

 

   

Year Ended December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Return on average assets

    1.08

%

    0.91

%

Return on average common equity

    12.26

%

    10.41

%

Dividend payout ratio

    18.31

%

    22.23

%

Equity to assets ratio

    9.05

%

    8.77

%

 

 

Deferred Compensation Obligations

 

We maintain a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for certain key management personnel.  Under this plan, participating employees may defer compensation, which will entitle them to receive certain payments upon retirement, death, or disability.  The plan provides for payments commencing upon retirement and reduced benefits upon early retirement, disability, or termination of employment. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, our aggregate payment obligations under this plan totaled $8.0 million.

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to meet the financing needs of our customers. These commitments, which represent a credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance sheets.

 

As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, we had commitments to extend credit of $153.9 million and $118.0 million, respectively.  Obligations under standby letters of credit, included in total commitments to extend credit, were $2.3 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and there were no obligations under commercial letters of credit for either period.

 

The effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used. For more information regarding our off balance sheet arrangements, see Note 13- Commitments and Other Contingencies- to our 2018 year-end consolidated financial statements located elsewhere in this report.

 

59

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following chart summarizes certain contractual obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands):

 

   

Less than 1

year

   

1-3 years

   

3-5 years

   

More than 5

years

   

Total

 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 1,102     $ 1,869     $ 1,173     $ 1,943     $ 6,087  

Supplemental retirement plans

    110       280       328       2,783       3,501  

Time deposit maturities

    36,611       5,506       195       -       42,312  

Total

  $ 37,823     $ 7,655     $ 1,696     $ 4,726     $ 51,900  

 

 

As permitted or required under California law and to the maximum extent allowable under that law, we have certain obligations to indemnify our current and former officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. These indemnification obligations are valid as long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, we have a director and officer insurance policy that mitigates our exposure and enables us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal.

 

 

Liquidity and Asset/Liability Management

 

Management seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and liabilities as a vehicle to attain our overall business plans and objectives. In this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk, interest rate risk and market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit risk.

 

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity to meet borrowers’ credit and depositors’ withdrawal demands is provided by maturing assets, short-term liquid assets that can be converted to cash and the ability to attract funds from depositors. Additional sources of liquidity may include institutional deposits, advances from the FHLB and other short-term borrowings, such as federal funds purchased.

 

Since our deposit growth strategy emphasizes core deposit growth, we have avoided relying on brokered deposits as a consistent source of funds. The Company had no brokered deposits as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

As a secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by a portion of our loan portfolio and stock issued by the FHLB. The FHLB determines limitations on the amounts of advances by assigning a percentage to each eligible loan category that will count towards the borrowing capacity. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no FHLB advances outstanding and had sufficient collateral to borrow an additional $268.9 million and $249.2 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had lines of credit with its correspondent banks to purchase overnight federal funds totaling $30 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No advances were made on these lines of credit as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The Company’s liquidity depends primarily on dividends paid to it as the sole shareholder of the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company will depend on whether the Bank will be in a position to pay dividends based on regulatory requirements and the performance of the Bank.

 

Maintenance of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all time to meet our cash flow requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution is required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs of its customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise. Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain funds without incurring excessive additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, loans and securities available for sale. Our liquid assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled approximately $238.5 million and $254.8 million, respectively. Our liquidity level measured as the percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 21.8% and 24.6% at December 31, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

 

60

 

Capital Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements

 

In the past two years, our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income through retained earnings. At December 31, 2018, total shareholders’ equity increased to $99.0 million, representing an increase of $8.3 million from December 31, 2017. The increase was due to net income of $11.5 million recorded to retained earnings, which was offset in part by other comprehensive loss of $1.6 million, net of income taxes, due to the negative effect that rising treasury yields had on the unrealized market value adjustment of our available for sale investment portfolio during 2018. Also, retained earnings was reduced by the common stock dividend payments totaling $2.1 million during 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures.

 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements and operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that rely on the quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. (See “Description of Business-Regulation and Supervision-Capital Adequacy Requirements” in this report for exact definitions and regulatory capital requirements.)

 

As of December 31, 2018, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The following table presents the regulatory standards for well-capitalized institutions, compared to the Bank’s capital ratios as of the dates specified:

 

   

Regulatory Well-
Capitalized Standards

   

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

    10.0 %     11.7 %     11.3 %

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

    8.0 %     10.7 %     10.3 %

Common equity tier 1 risk-weighted assets

    6.5 %     10.7 %     10.3 %

Tier I capital to average assets

    5.0 %     8.7 %     8.4 %

 

61

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributed to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including securities, loans, deposits and borrowings, as well as the Company's role as a financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of the Company's earnings and equity to loss, and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial instruments.

 

Interest Rate Management 

 

Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Company's market risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the Company have exposure to currency exchange rates.

 

The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as "asset/liability management") is to manage the financial components of the Company in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to changing interest rates. The Company's exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Asset/Liability Committee. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent, and that the goal is to identify and manage the risks. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest rate shock simulation model.

 

The planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management of an institution's net interest margin. To the extent maturities of assets and liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net interest margin may change over time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or securities or in the form of delays in the adjustment of rates of interest applying to either earning assets with floating rates or to interest bearing liabilities. The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to changing interest rates by maintaining a high percentage of variable rate earning assets and a vast majority of its deposits are non-maturing that reprice only at management’s discretion based on competition in the banking industry and liquidity needs of the Company.

 

Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or at the same time. Varying interest rate environments can create unexpected changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a significant effect on the net interest margin and are not reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest sensitivity gap report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to changes in interest rates.

 

The Company uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on the Company's net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The program imports current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and repricing information for individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company's interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company's investment, loan, deposit and borrowed funds’ portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down) and ramped (an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based on current trends and econometric models or stable economic conditions (unchanged from current actual levels).

 

62

 

Presented below, as of December 31, 2018, is an analysis of the Company's interest rate risk as measured by changes in net interest income, for instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts of applicable interest rates, over one and two-year projection periods:

 

(in thousands)

                                                       
    Interest Rate Shock Scenario  

1 Year Projection

 

Down 200

   

Down 100

   

Base

   

Up 100

   

Up 200

   

Up 300

   

Up 400

 

Interest Income

  $ 36,780     $ 40,309     $ 43,831     $ 47,373     $ 50,922     $ 54,479     $ 58,059  

Interest Expense

    422       422       1,587       4,001       6,438       8,875       11,312  

Net Interest Income

  $ 36,358     $ 39,887     $ 42,244     $ 43,372     $ 44,484     $ 45,604     $ 46,747  

% Change

    -13.93 %     -5.58 %             2.67 %     5.30 %     7.95 %     10.66 %
                                                         

2 Year Projection

 

Down 100

   

Down 100

   

Base

   

Up 100

   

Up 200

   

Up 300

   

Up 400

 

Interest Income

  $ 72,507     $ 82,392     $ 92,001     $ 101,472     $ 110,974     $ 120,527     $ 130,180  

Interest Expense

    776       775       3,226       8,384       13,591       18,797       24,004  

Net Interest Income

  $ 71,731     $ 81,617     $ 88,775     $ 93,088     $ 97,383     $ 101,730     $ 106,176  

% Change

    -19.20 %     -8.06 %             4.86 %     9.70 %     14.59 %     19.60 %

 

 

Management believes that our interest rate risk modeling overcomes three shortcomings of the typical maturity gap methodology. First, it does not use arbitrary repricing intervals and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because our model projects cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on an institution's interest rate risk exposure. Third, it allows interest rates on different instruments to change by varying amounts in response to a change in market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash flows.

 

However, as with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent to the methodology. The model assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate changes are rarely instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate historic rate patterns, which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts. Further, the model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period to repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain types of financial instruments may react in advance of changes in market rates, while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the change in general market rates. When interest rates change, actual loan prepayments and actual early withdrawals from certificates may deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients' ability to service their debt. All of these factors are considered in monitoring the Company's exposure to interest rate risk.

 

 

Impact of Inflation; Seasonality

 

Inflation primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of income is net interest income, which is affected by changes in interest rates. We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through management of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well as noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this report. Our business is generally not seasonal.

 

63

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Our consolidated financial statements and the Independent Auditors’ Report appear on pages F-1 through F-46 of this Report and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference.

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

PAGE

MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

F-1

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

F-2

   

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Balance sheets

F-5

Statements of income

F-6

Statements of comprehensive income

F-7

Statements of shareholders’ equity

F-8

Statements of cash flows

F-9

Notes to financial statements

F-10

 

 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the 1934 Act as of December 31, 2018. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018.

 

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our Management’s report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Item 8 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

64

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Information About Directors and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.   The Company and the Company have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all staff including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided to any person, without charge, upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Oak Valley Bancorp, 125 North Third Avenue, Oakdale, CA 95361.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no Forms 4 and 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that for the 2018 fiscal year the officers and directors of the Company complied with all applicable filing requirements, except for the late filings for the directors in the table below:

 

Name

 

Form

 

Transaction Type

 

Transaction Date

 

# of Shares

                 

Jay Gilbert

 

4

 

Purchase

 

8/13/2018

 

192

Dan Leonard

 

4

 

Purchase

 

8/13/2018

 

331

Ron Martin

 

4

 

Sale

 

2/7/2018

 

20

Terry Withrow

 

4

 

Purchase

 

8/12/2016

 

175

Terry Withrow

 

4

 

Purchase

 

2/10/2017

 

121

Terry Withrow

 

4

 

Award

 

8/28/2018

 

5,000

Janet Pelton

 

4

 

Award

 

8/28/2018

 

5,000

 

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Section entitled “Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Certain Relationship and Related Transactions” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to “Proposal No. 2: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement to be filed prior to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

65

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

Documents Filed as Part of this Report:

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements

 

The Financial Statements of the Company and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth on pages F-1 through F-46.

 

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes.

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Registrant, Interim Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. and Oak Valley Community Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

3.2

 

First Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

3.3

 

Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

3.4

 

First Amended and Restated Bylaws of Oak Valley Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009)

     

3.5

 

Certificate of Determination dated December 2, 2008 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009)

     

3.6

 

Letter Agreement between the United States Department of the Treasury and Oak Valley Bancorp dated December 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009)

     
3.7   Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws dated effective as of August 11, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011).
     
3.8   Amendment of Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2013).

 

66

 

3.9

 

Certificate of Determination dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the California Secretary of State for Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011).

     

4.1

 

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009).

     

10.1

 

Oak Valley Community Bank 1998 Restated Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

10.2

 

Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Director Retirement Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

10.3

 

Oak Valley Community Bank Form of Salary Continuation Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

10.4

 

Securities Purchase Agreement between Oak Valley Bancorp and the U.S. Treasury effective December 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-A filed on January 14, 2009).

     

10.5

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 11, 2011 between the Company and the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011).

     

10.6

 

 

Warrant Redemption Letter Agreement dated September 28, 2011 between the Company and the U.S. Treasury, with respect to the redemption of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2011).

     

10.7

 

The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with Christopher M. Courtney, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). †

     

10.8

 

The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Christopher M. Courtney, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017).†

     

10.9

 

The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with Richard A. McCarty, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017).†

     

10.10

 

The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Richard A. McCarty, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017).†

     

10.11

 

The First Amendment to the Oak Valley Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement with Michael J. Rodrigues, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017). †

     

10.12

 

The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Michael J. Rodrigues, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017).†

     

10.13

 

The 2016 Salary Continuation Agreement with Jeffrey Gall, dated July 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017).†

     

10.14

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Richard A. McCarty and Oak Valley Bancorp dated March 20, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2018).†

     

10.15

 

Oak Valley Bancorp 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed as of May 7, 2018). †

 

67

 

14

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009).

     

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Issuer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Form 10 filed on July 31, 2008).

     

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm.

     

24

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this report).

     

31.01

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

     

31.02

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

     

32.01

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

     

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

     

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

     

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

     

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Document

     

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

     

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 


 

*

Furnished, not filed.

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

 

 

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None.

 

68

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”) the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oakdale, California on March 11, 2019.

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP  
a California corporation

   
 

By:

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

   

Christopher M. Courtney, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1934 Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned officers and directors of the registrant hereby constitutes and appoints Christopher M. Courtney and Jeffrey A. Gall, and each of them, as lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for each of the undersigned (with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of each of the undersigned officers and directors), to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1934 Act any and all amendments, supplements and exhibits to this report and any and all other documents in connection therewith, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully and to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or any of their substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

         

/s/ DONALD L. BARTON

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Donald Barton

       
         

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 11, 2019

Christopher M. Courtney

       
         

/s/ JEFFREY A. GALL

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 11, 2019

Jeffrey A. Gall

       
         

/s/ JAMES L. GILBERT

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

James L. Gilbert

       
         

/s/ THOMAS A. HAIDLEN

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Thomas A. Haidlen

       
         

/s/ H. RANDOLPH HOLDER

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

H. Randolph Holder

       
         

/s/ MICHAEL Q. JONES

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Michael Q. Jones

       
         

/s/ DANIEL J. LEONARD

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Daniel J. Leonard

       
         

/s/ RONALD C. MARTIN

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Ronald C. Martin

       
         

/s/ JANET S. PELTON

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Janet S. Pelton

       
         

/s/ DANNY L. TITUS

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Danny L. Titus

       
         

/s/ TERRANCE P. WITHROW

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Terrance P. Withrow

       
         

/s/ ALLISON C. LAFFERTY

 

Director

 

March 11, 2019

Allison C. Lafferty

       

 

69

 

Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The management of Oak Valley Bancorp is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to ensure that material information regarding our operations is made available to management and the board of directors to provide them reasonable assurance that the published financial statements are fairly presented. There are limitations inherent in any internal control, such as the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. As a result, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. As conditions change over time so too may the effectiveness of internal controls.

 

 

Our management has evaluated our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO 2013) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.

 

The Company's independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Company's consolidated financial statements that are included in this annual report and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 and issued their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, appearing on the following page of this report. The audit report expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.

 

 

/s/  CHRISTOPHER M. COURTNEY

 

/s/  JEFFREY A. GALL

Christopher M. Courtney, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Jeffrey A. Gall, Chief Financial Officer

 

F-1

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oak Valley Bancorp

 

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Oak Valley Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 11, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

San Francisco, CA

March 11, 2019

 

F-2

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oak Valley Bancorp

 

 

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Oak Valley Bancorp's (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Company and our report dated March 11, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying “Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

San Francisco, CA

March 11, 2019

 

F-3

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Oak Valley Bancorp

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Oak Valley Bancorp and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2000 to 2018.

 

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

March 15, 2018

 

F-4

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

December 31,

   

December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

ASSETS

               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 116,425     $ 142,968  

Federal funds sold

    9,720       6,205  

Cash and cash equivalents

    126,145       149,173  
                 

Securities - available for sale

    206,712       179,248  

Securities - equity investments

    3,106       3,112  

Loans, net of allowance for loan loss of $8,685 and $8,166 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

    702,220       652,989  

Cash surrender value of life insurance

    19,028       18,517  

Bank premises and equipment, net

    14,937       14,478  

Other real estate owned

    0       253  

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

    3,942       4,056  

Interest receivable and other assets

    18,797       13,026  
                 
    $ 1,094,887     $ 1,034,852  
                 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

               
                 

Deposits

  $ 986,495     $ 938,882  

Interest payable and other liabilities

    9,354       5,203  

Total liabilities

    995,849       944,085  
                 

Shareholders’ equity

               

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,194,805 and 8,098,605 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

    25,429       24,773  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,358       3,576  

Retained earnings

    70,686       61,429  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (435 )     989  

Total shareholders’ equity

    99,038       90,767  
                 
    $ 1,094,887     $ 1,034,852  

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-5

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

INTEREST INCOME

               

Interest and fees on loans

  $ 31,700     $ 29,128  

Interest on securities

    5,637       4,504  

Interest on federal funds sold

    191       100  

Interest on deposits with banks

    2,646       1,513  

Total interest income

    40,174       35,245  
                 

INTEREST EXPENSE

               

Deposits

    1,606       1,065  

Total interest expense

    1,606       1,065  
                 

Net interest income

    38,568       34,180  

Provision for loan losses

    555       350  
                 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    38,013       33,830  
                 

OTHER INCOME

               

Service charges on deposits

    1,549       1,424  

Debit card transaction fee income

    1,185       1,104  

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

    511       514  

Mortgage commissions

    110       168  

Gains on sales and calls of securities

    81       395  

Gain on sale of OREO

    193       211  

Other

    1,083       2,160  

Total non-interest income

    4,712       5,976  
                 

OTHER EXPENSES

               

Salaries and employee benefits

    16,287       14,110  

Occupancy expenses

    3,631       3,346  

Data processing fees

    1,707       1,560  

Regulatory assessments (FDIC & DBO)

    440       492  

Other operating expenses

    5,313       5,057  

Total non-interest expense

    27,378       24,565  
                 

Net income before provision for income taxes

    15,347       15,241  
                 

Total provision for income taxes

    3,810       6,147  

Net Income

  $ 11,537     $ 9,094  
                 

Net income per share

  $ 1.43     $ 1.13  
                 

Net income per diluted share

  $ 1.42     $ 1.13  

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-6

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(in thousands)   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

 

2018

   

2017

 

Net income

  $ 11,537     $ 9,094  

Other comprehensive income:

               

Unrealized gains on securities:

               

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period

    (2,173 )     2,182  

Less: reclassification for net gains included in net income

    (81 )     (395 )

Other comprehensive (loss) gain, before tax

    (2,254 )     1,787  

Tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income

    667       (736 )

Total other comprehensive (loss) gain

    (1,587 )     1,051  

Comprehensive income

  $ 9,950     $ 10,145  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-7

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 
                                   

Accumulated

         
                   

Additional

           

Other

   

Total

 
   

Common Stock

   

Paid-in

   

Retained

   

Comprehensive

   

Shareholders’

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Shares

   

Amount

   

Capital

   

Earnings

   

Income (Loss)

   

Equity

 
                                                 

Balances, January 1, 2017

    8,088,455     $ 24,682     $ 3,473     $ 54,520     $ (225 )   $ 82,450  

Stock options exercised

    9,000       91                               91  

Restricted stock issued

    8,000                                       0  

Restricted stock forfeited

    (6,850 )                                     0  

Cash dividends declared

                            (2,022 )             (2,022 )

Stock based compensation

                    103                       103  

Other comprehensive income

                                    1,051       1,051  

DTA remeasurement reclassification

                            (163 )     163       0  

Net income

                            9,094               9,094  

Balances, December 31, 2017

    8,098,605     $ 24,773     $ 3,576     $ 61,429     $ 989     $ 90,767  
                                                 

Stock options exercised

    1,500       7                               7  

Restricted stock issued

    96,650                                       0  

Restricted stock forfeited

    (1,950 )                                     0  

Cash dividends declared

                            (2,117 )             (2,117 )

Stock based compensation

                    431                       431  

APIC reclassification

            649       (649 )                     0  

Other comprehensive loss

                                    (1,587 )     (1,587 )

Reclassification from adoption of ASU 2016-01

                            (163 )     163       0  

Net income

                            11,537               11,537  

Balances, December 31, 2018

    8,194,805     $ 25,429     $ 3,358     $ 70,686     $ (435 )   $ 99,038  

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-8

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

               

Net income

  $ 11,537     $ 9,094  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

               

Provision for loan losses

    555       350  

Decrease in deferred fees/costs, net

    (393 )     (4 )

Depreciation

    1,187       1,124  

Amortization of investment securities, net

    1,121       841  

Stock based compensation

    431       103  

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

    (2 )     (109 )

Gain on sale of OREO property

    (193 )     (211 )

Gain on sale of available for sale security

    (70 )     0  

Gain on calls of available for sale securities

    (11 )     (395 )

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

    (511 )     (514 )

(Increase) decrease in deferred tax asset

    (828 )     1,515  

Increase (decrease) in interest payable and other liabilities

    4,151       (364 )

Increase in interest receivable

    (584 )     (340 )

Increase in other assets

    (3,357 )     (1,691 )

Net cash from operating activities

    13,033       9,399  
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

               

Purchases of available for sale securities

    (51,700 )     (50,801 )

Purchases of equity securities

    (85 )     (81 )

Proceeds from maturities, calls, and principal paydowns of securities available for sale

    21,033       30,196  

Net increase in loans

    (49,393 )     (52,231 )

Purchase of FHLB Stock

    (222 )     (340 )

Proceeds from sale of OREO

    447       1,168  

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

    2       388  

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (1,646 )     (2,193 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (81,564 )     (73,894 )
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

               

Shareholder cash dividends paid

    (2,117 )     (2,022 )

Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts

    54,828       29,660  

Net decrease in time deposits

    (7,215 )     (4,871 )

Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options

    7       91  

Net cash from financing activities

    45,503       22,858  
                 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (23,028 )     (41,637 )
                 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

    149,173       190,810  
                 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

  $ 126,145     $ 149,173  
                 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

               

Cash paid during the period for:

               

Interest

  $ 1,611     $ 1,065  

Income taxes

  $ 4,145     $ 5,922  
                 

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

               

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on securities

  $ (2,254 )   $ 1,787  

Change in contributions payable to LIHTC limited partner investment

  $ 3,593     $ 0  

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-9

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations

 

On July 3, 2008 (the “Effective Date”), a bank holding company reorganization was completed whereby Oak Valley Bancorp (“Bancorp”) became the parent holding company for Oak Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”).  On the Effective Date, a tax-free exchange was completed whereby each outstanding share of the Bank was converted into one share of Bancorp and the Bank became the sole wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp.

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of Management, the consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows.  All adjustments are of a normal, recurring nature.

 

Oak Valley Community Bank is a California State chartered bank. The Company was incorporated under the laws of the state of California on May 31, 1990 and began operations in Oakdale on May 28, 1991. The Company operates branches in Oakdale, Sonora, Bridgeport, Bishop, Mammoth Lakes, Modesto, Manteca, Patterson, Turlock, Ripon, Stockton, Escalon and Sacramento, California. The Bridgeport, Mammoth Lakes, and Bishop branches operate as a separate division, Eastern Sierra Community Bank. The Company’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominantly middle-market businesses.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the allowance for loan losses, accounting for income taxes, fair value measurements, and the determination, recognition and measurement of impaired loans. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

 

Subsequent events The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2018 through the date of the filing for potential recognition or disclosure.

 

Cash and cash equivalents — The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents to include cash, due from banks, certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. At times throughout the year, balances can exceed FDIC insurance limits. 

 

Securities available for sale — Available-for-sale securities consist of bonds, notes, and debentures not classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized holding gains and losses are reported as an amount in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific identification method. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized as adjustments to interest income over the period to maturity.

 

Investments with fair values that are less than amortized cost are considered impaired. Impairment may result from either a decline in the financial condition of the issuing entity or, in the case of fixed interest rate investments, from rising interest rates. At each consolidated financial statement date, management assesses each investment to determine if impaired investments are temporarily impaired or if the impairment is other than temporary. This assessment includes a determination of whether the Company intends to sell the security, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses. For debt securities that are considered other than temporarily impaired and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis, the amount of impairment is separated into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of the future expected cash flows is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in other comprehensive income. If the Company sold an impaired security, both the credit loss component and amount due to other factors would be recognized through earnings as described above.

 

 

Other real estate owned Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at fair value of the property at the date of foreclosure less estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and any subject revisions in the estimate of fair value are reported as adjustment to the carrying value of the real estate, provided the adjusted carrying amount does not exceed the original amount at foreclosure. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.

 

Loans originated — Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees, and the allowance for loan losses. Unearned discounts on installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of the loans. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on the daily balance of the principal amount outstanding.

 

Loan fees net of certain direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized, as an adjustment to interest yield, over the estimated life of the loan.

 

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans. Accrual of interest on loans is discontinued either when reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of interest or principal or when a loan becomes contractually past due by ninety days or more with respect to interest or principal. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on such loans is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and where the future collection of principal is probable. Interest accruals are resumed on such loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when, in the judgment of management, the loans are estimated to be fully collectible as to both principal and interest.

 

Allowance for loan losses — The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additional allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

The allowance consists of specific, general, and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impaired loans, as defined, are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The general component relates to non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 

The Company considers a loan impaired when it is probable that all amounts of principal and interest due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans in the same manner as non-accrual loans. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

The method for calculating the allowance for unfunded loan commitments is based on an allowance percentage which is less than other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This allowance percentage is evaluated by management periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the allowance for off-balance-sheet commitments.

 

The Company considers a loan to be a troubled debt restructure (“TDR”) when the Company has granted a concession and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy. A TDR loan is kept on non-accrual status until the borrower has paid for six consecutive months with no payment defaults, at which time the TDR is placed back on accrual status. A TDR loan is impaired and a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the TDR loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the TDR loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

 

Premises and equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives using the straight-line basis. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation and amortization are:

 

Building

   31.5    

years

           

Equipment

 3 12  

years

           

Furniture and fixtures

 3 7  

years

           

Leasehold improvements

 5 15  

years

           

Automobiles

 3 5  

years

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the remaining term of the lease. The straight-line method of depreciation is followed for all assets for financial reporting purposes, but accelerated methods are used for tax purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided for the resulting temporary differences.

 

Income taxes — Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled using the liability method. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the state of California. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2015 or to state/local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014.

 

Transfers of financial assets — Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when:  (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that contain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Advertising costs — The Company expenses marketing costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $237,000 and $225,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Comprehensive income — Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes items previously recorded directly to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale. Comprehensive income is presented in the statements of comprehensive income and as a component of shareholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, $57,000 and $232,000 net of tax, respectively, was reclassified from comprehensive income into net income related to gains on called and sold available for sale securities.

 

Federal Reserve Bank Stock —  Federal Reserve Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FRB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment securities. Management periodically evaluates FRB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FRB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FRB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FRB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FRB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FRB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —  Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”) and is carried at par value, which reasonably approximates its fair value. While technically these are considered equity securities, there is no market for the FHLB stock. Therefore, the shares are considered as restricted investment securities. Management periodically evaluates FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on its assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of any decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB, and (4) the liquidity position of the FHLB. This investment is reflected as a component of interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Earnings per common share (“EPS”) —  EPS is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The table in footnote 12 shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings. Therefore, under the two-class method, the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities.

 

Stock based compensation — The Company recognizes in the consolidated statements of income the grant-date fair value of restricted stock, stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The Company uses the straight-line recognition of expenses for awards with graded vesting. The fair value of each restricted stock grant is based on the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company issued restricted stock grants totaling 96,650 shares and 8,000 shares in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using a binomial option-pricing model for all grants. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted for the binomial model is derived from applying a historical suboptimal exercise factor to the contractual term of the grant. For binomial pricing, the risk-free rate for periods is equal to the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant and commensurate with the contractual term of the grant. There were no stock options granted in 2018 or 2017.

 

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change.

 

Fair value measurements — The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company bases the fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available for sale, derivatives, and loans held for sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment and securities held to maturity that are other-than-temporarily impaired. These non-recurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower-of-cost or market accounting.

 

The Company has established and documented a process for determining fair value. The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, Management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of Management's judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial consolidated statements.

 

Reclassifications — Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. There was no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity as a result of reclassifications.

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets Intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and core deposit intangibles that were acquired through a business combination. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. If an event occurs that indicates the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable, management reviews the asset for impairment. Any goodwill and any intangible asset acquired in a purchase business combination determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment, at a minimum, on an annual basis.

 

The core deposit intangible represents the estimated future benefits of acquired deposits and is booked separately from the related deposits. The value of the core deposit intangible asset was determined using a discounted cash flow approach to arrive at the cost differential between the core deposits (non-maturity deposits such as transaction, savings and money market accounts) and alternative funding sources. The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated ten-year life, and it is evaluated periodically for impairment. No impairment loss was recognized as of December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the core deposit intangibles future estimated amortization expense is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

2019

   

2020

   

2021

   

2022

   

2023

   

Thereafter

   

Total

 

Core deposit intangible amortization

  $ 105     $ 96     $ 93     $ 89     $ 86     $ 150     $ 619  

 

The Company applies a qualitative analysis of conditions in order to determine if it is more likely than not that the carrying value is impaired. In the event that the qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired, the Company, with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm, uses several quantitative valuation methodologies in evaluating goodwill for impairment including a discounted cash flow approach that includes assumptions made concerning the future earnings potential of the organization, and a market-based approach that looks at values for organizations of comparable size, structure and business model. The current year's review of qualitative factors did not indicate that impairment has occurred, as such no quantitative analysis was performed at December 31, 2018.

 

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards —

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is a converged standard involving FASB and International Financial Reporting Standards that provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers across transactions and industries. The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount and at a time that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Subsequent updates related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) are as follows:

 

 

August 2015 ASU No. 2015-14 - Deferral of the Effective Date, institutes a one-year deferral of the effective date of this amendment to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

 

 

March 2016 ASU No. 2016-08 - Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations and on the use of indicators that assist an entity in determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer.

 

 

April 2016 ASU No. 2016-10 - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, provides guidance in determining performance obligations in a contract with a customer and clarifies whether a promise to grant a license provides a right to access or the right to use intellectual property.

 

 

May 2016 ASU No. 2016-12 - Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, gives further guidance on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition.

 

Topic 606 was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. No additional disaggregated revenue disclosures are necessary because interest income sources are scoped out and there are no additional significant noninterest income sources to break out on the consolidated statement of income.

 

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The amendments in this ASU make improvements to GAAP related to financial instruments that include the following as applicable to us.

 

 

Equity investments, except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee, are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.

 

 

Simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment - if impairment exists, this requires measuring the investment at fair value.

 

 

Eliminates the requirement for public companies to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is currently required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet.

 

 

Public companies will be required to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes.

 

 

Requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

 

The reporting entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity's other deferred tax assets.

 

ASU 2016-01 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. This ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018 and impacted the Company’s financial statement disclosures but did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). This ASU was issued to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities, including leases classified as operating leases under previous GAAP, on the balance sheet and requiring additional disclosures of key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. Early application of the ASU is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact to its balance sheet and expects that the gross-up in its balance sheet from recording a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for each lease as a result of adopting this ASU will not be material.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). This update changes the methodology used by financial institutions under current U.S. GAAP to recognize credit losses in the financial statements.  Currently, U.S. GAAP requires the use of the incurred loss model, whereby financial institutions recognize in current period earnings, incurred credit losses and those inherent in the financial statements, as of the date of the balance sheet.    This guidance results in a new model for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses, commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model.  Under the CECL model, financial institutions are required to estimate future credit losses and recognize those losses in current period earnings.  The amendments within the update are effective for fiscal years and all interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted.  Upon adoption of the amendments within this update, the Company will be required to make a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact the adoption of this update will have on its financial stMarchatements. While the Company has not quantified the impact of this ASU, it does expect changing from the current incurred loss model to an expected loss model will result in an earlier recognition of losses.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The ASU was issued to address certain stranded tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The ASU provides companies the option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the change from the newly enacted corporate tax rate is recorded. The amount of the reclassification would be calculated on the basis of the difference between the historical and newly enacted tax rates for deferred tax liabilities and assets related to items within accumulated other comprehensive income. The ASU requires companies to disclose its accounting policy related to releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income, whether it has elected to reclassify the stranded tax effects, and information about the other income tax effects that are reclassified. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods, therein, and early adoption is permitted for public business entities for which financial statements have not yet been issued. As of December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the ASU and made a reclassification adjustment of $163,000 from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, related to the stranded tax effects due to the change in the federal corporate tax rate applied on the unrealized gains (losses) on investments on a portfolio basis, to reflect the provisions of this ASU.

 

 

 

NOTE 2 — CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

 

Cash and due from banks includes balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and other correspondent banks. The Company is required to maintain specified reserves by the Federal Reserve Bank. The average reserve requirements are based on a percentage of the Company’s deposit liabilities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Bank requires the Company to maintain a certain minimum balance at all times. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had a balance of $64,076,000 and $41,165,000, respectively, which exceeds the reserve requirement.

 

  

 

NOTE 3 — SECURITIES

 

Equity Securities

 

The Company held equity securities with fair values of $3,106,000 and $3,112,000 at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. There were no sales of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2018. Consistent with ASU 2016-01, these securities are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statement of income. Accordingly, the Company recognized an unrealized loss of $90,000 during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Debt Securities

 

Debt securities have been classified in the financial statements as available for sale. The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

Cost

   

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair Value

 
                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 44,474     $ 135     $ (503 )   $ 44,106  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    2,071       0       (59 )     2,012  

Municipalities

    92,257       1,404       (424 )     93,237  

SBA pools

    8,707       13       (47 )     8,673  

Corporate debt

    21,426       62       (901 )     20,587  

Asset backed securities

    38,395       119       (417 )     38,097  
    $ 207,330     $ 1,733     $ (2,351 )   $ 206,712  

 

 

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated of debt securities by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018.

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Less than 12 months

   

12 months or more

   

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair

Value

   

Unrealized Loss

   

Fair

Value

   

Unrealized Loss

   

Fair

Value

   

Unrealized Loss

 

U.S. agencies

  $ 22,007     $ (230 )   $ 11,972     $ (273 )   $ 33,979     $ (503 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    93       (1 )     1,917       (60 )     2,010       (61 )

Municipalities

    9,630       (55 )     26,559       (367 )     36,189       (422 )

SBA pools

    3,284       (8 )     3,726       (40 )     7,010       (48 )

Corporate debt

    3,999       (59 )     11,645       (842 )     15,644       (901 )

Asset backed securities

    23,604       (412 )     1,853       (4 )     25,457       (416 )

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 62,617     $ (765 )   $ 57,672     $ (1,586 )   $ 120,289     $ (2,351 )

 

 

At December 31, 2018, thirty-four municipalities, eleven U.S. agencies, nine corporate debts, four Small Business Administration pools, three collateralized mortgage obligations and two asset backed securities make up the total debt securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. At December 31, 2018, eighteen U.S. agencies, fourteen municipalities, twelve asset backed securities, three SBA pools, two corporate debts, one collateralized mortgage obligation make up the total debt securities in a loss position for less than 12 months. Management periodically evaluates each available-for-sale investment security in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is temporary or other than temporary. This evaluation encompasses various factors including, the nature of the investment, the cause of the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, credit ratings and other credit related factors such as third party guarantees and the volatility of the security’s fair value. Management has determined that no investment security is other than temporarily impaired. The unrealized losses are due primarily to interest rate changes and the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the earlier of the forecasted recovery or the maturity of the underlying investment security.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2018, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

   

Fair

 
   

Cost

   

Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

               

Due in one year or less

  $ 36,972     $ 36,940  

Due after one year through five years

    55,017       55,259  

Due after five years through ten years

    46,406       46,084  

Due after ten years

    68,935       68,429  
    $ 207,330     $ 206,712  

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of debt securities as of December 31, 2017, are as follows:

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Amortized

Cost

   

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

   

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair Value

 
                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 29,741     $ 374     $ (143 )   $ 29,972  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    2,628       1       (36 )     2,593  

Municipalities

    91,201       2,174       (308 )     93,067  

SBA pools

    11,818       46       (14 )     11,850  

Corporate debt

    19,358       112       (681 )     18,789  

Asset backed securities

    22,866       125       (14 )     22,977  
    $ 177,612     $ 2,832     $ (1,196 )   $ 179,248  

 

 

The following tables detail the gross unrealized losses and fair values of debt securities aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017.

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Less than 12 months

   

12 months or more

   

Total

 

Description of Securities

 

Fair Value

   

Unrealized

Loss

   

Fair Value

   

Unrealized

Loss

   

Fair Value

   

Unrealized

Loss

 

U.S. agencies

  $ 10,588     $ (46 )   $ 5,437     $ (97 )   $ 16,025     $ (143 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    1,090       (11 )     921       (26 )     2,011       (37 )

Municipalities

    28,779       (236 )     5,611       (72 )     34,390       (308 )

SBA pools

    1,998       (4 )     703       (9 )     2,701       (13 )

Corporate debt

    1,994       (6 )     13,815       (675 )     15,809       (681 )

Asset backed securities

    6,154       (13 )     333       (1 )     6,487       (14 )

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 50,603     $ (316 )   $ 26,820     $ (880 )   $ 77,423     $ (1,196 )

 

 

The Company recognized gross realized gains of $11,000 and $395,000 during 2018 and 2017, respectively, on certain available-for-sale securities that were called. During 2018, there was one sale of a municipality security resulting in a gross gain of $70,000 and there were no sales of securities during 2017.

 

Securities carried at $118,771,000 and $109,158,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits of public funds.

 

 

 

NOTE 4 — LOANS

 

The Company’s customers are primarily located in Stanislaus, San Joaquin, Tuolumne, Inyo, and Mono Counties. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 78% of the Company’s loans are commercial real estate loans which includes construction loans. Approximately 12% of the Company’s loans are for general commercial uses including professional, retail, and small business. Additionally, 5% of the Company’s loans are for residential real estate and other consumer loans. The remaining 5% are agriculture loans.

 

Loan totals were as follows:

 

 

   

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

 

Commercial real estate:

               

Commercial real estate- construction

  $ 20,263     $ 31,265  

Commercial real estate- mortgages

    460,701       417,138  

Land

    10,951       10,072  

Farmland

    62,604       58,675  

Commercial and industrial

    82,252       69,610  

Consumer

    1,314       689  

Consumer residential

    35,741       37,161  

Agriculture

    38,076       37,934  
      711,902       662,544  
                 
                 

Deferred loan fees and costs, net

    (997 )     (1,389 )

Allowance for loan losses

    (8,685 )     (8,166 )
    $ 702,220     $ 652,989  

 

 

 

Loan Origination/Risk Management. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. A reporting system supplements the review process by providing management with frequent reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and non-performing and potential problem loans. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in economic conditions.

 

Commercial and industrial loans are underwritten after evaluating and understanding the borrower’s ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Underwriting standards are designed to promote relationship banking rather than transactional banking. Once it is determined that the borrower’s management possesses sound ethics and solid business acumen, the Company’s management examines current and projected cash flows to determine the ability of the borrower to repay their obligations as agreed. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

 

 

Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. This diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing single-purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. The Company also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting market areas it serves. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. At December 31, 2018, approximately 40% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans were secured by owner-occupied properties.

 

With respect to loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

 

The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans follow bank policy, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, a maximum housing and total debt ratio of 36% and 42%, respectively and other specified credit and documentation requirements.

 

The Company maintains an independent loan review function that validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Year-end non-accrual loans, segregated by class of loans, were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

 

Commercial real estate:

               

Land

  $ 906     $ 993  

Commercial and industrial

    0       302  

Consumer residential

    14       16  

Total non-accrual loans

  $ 920     $ 1,311  

 

 

Had non-accrual loans performed in accordance with their original contract terms, the Company would have recognized additional interest income of approximately $68,000 in 2018 and $114,000 in 2017.

 

 

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

   

60-89

Days

Past Due

   

Greater

Than 90

Days

Past Due

   

Total

Past Due

   

Current

   

Total

   

Greater

Than 90

Days Past

Due and

Still

Accruing

 

Commercial real estate:

                                                       

Commercial R.E. - construction

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 20,263     $ 20,263     $ 0  

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

    0       0       0       0       460,701       460,701       0  

Land

    0       0       906       906       10,045       10,951       0  

Farmland

    0       0       0       0       62,604       62,604       0  

Commercial and industrial

    0       2,100       0       2,100       80,152       82,252       0  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       1,314       1,314       0  

Consumer residential

    0       62       0       62       35,679       35,741       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       38,076       38,076       0  

Total

  $ 0     $ 2,162     $ 906     $ 3,068     $ 708,834     $ 711,902     $ 0  

 

 

The following table analyzes past due loans including the non-accrual loans in the above table, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

30-59

Days

Past Due

   

60-89

Days

Past Due

   

Greater

Than 90

Days

Past Due

   

Total

Past Due

   

Current

   

Total

   

Greater

Than 90

Days Past

Due and

Still

Accruing

 

Commercial real estate:

                                                       

Commercial R.E. - construction

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 31,265     $ 31,265     $ 0  

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

    0       0       0       0       417,138       417,138       0  

Land

    0       0       993       993       9,079       10,072       0  

Farmland

    0       0       0       0       58,675       58,675       0  

Commercial and industrial

    19       0       302       321       69,289       69,610       0  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       689       689       0  

Consumer residential

    0       0       0       0       37,161       37,161       0  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       37,934       37,934       0  

Total

  $ 19     $ 0     $ 1,295     $ 1,314     $ 661,230     $ 662,544     $ 0  

 

 

Impaired Loans. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

 

 

Impaired loans by class as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are set forth in the following tables. No interest income was recognized on impaired loans subsequent to their classification as impaired during 2018 and 2017.

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Unpaid Contractual Principal

Balance

   

Recorded Investment

With No Allowance

   

Recorded Investment

With

Allowance

   

Total

Recorded Investment

   

Related Allowance

   

Average Recorded Investment

 

December 31, 2018

                                               

Commercial real estate:

                                               

Commercial R.E. - construction

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Land

    1,222       0       906       906       680       958  

Farmland

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Commercial and Industrial

    32       0       0       0       0       176  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer residential

    15       14       0       14       0       14  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Total

  $ 1,269     $ 14     $ 906     $ 920     $ 680     $ 1,148  

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Unpaid Contractual Principal

Balance

   

Recorded Investment

With No Allowance

   

Recorded Investment

With

Allowance

   

Total

Recorded Investment

   

Related Allowance

   

Average

Recorded Investment

 

December 31, 2017

                                               

Commercial real estate:

                                               

Commercial R.E. - construction

  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Commercial R.E. - mortgages

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Land

    1,309       0       993       993       680       1,760  

Farmland

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Commercial and Industrial

    334       302       0       302       0       303  

Consumer

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Consumer residential

    16       16       0       16       0       76  

Agriculture

    0       0       0       0       0       0  

Total

  $ 1,659     $ 318     $ 993     $ 1,311     $ 680     $ 2,139  

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings – In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

At December 31, 2018, there were 4 loans that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings, all of which are considered non-accrual totaling $920,000. At December 31, 2017, there were 4 loans that were considered to be troubled debt restructurings, all of which are considered non-accrual totaling $1,311,000. There were no unfunded commitments on TDR loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017. We have allocated $680,000 of specific reserves to loans whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The modification of the terms of such loans typically includes one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date; or a temporary payment modification in which the payment amount allocated towards principal was reduced. In some cases, a permanent reduction of the accrued interest on the loan is conceded.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings.  There were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months and for which there was a payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is ninety days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

 

Loan Risk Grades– Quality ratings (Risk Grades) are assigned to all commitments and stand-alone notes. Risk grades define the basic characteristics of commitments or stand-alone note in relation to their risk. All loans are graded using a system that maximizes the loan quality information contained in loan review grades, while ensuring that the system is compatible with the grades used by bank examiners.

 

The Company grades loans using the following letter system:

 

1 Exceptional Loan

2 Quality Loan

3A Better Than Acceptable Loan

3B Acceptable Loan

3C Marginally Acceptable Loan

4 (W) Watch Acceptable Loan

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned

6 Substandard Loan

7 Doubtful Loan

8 Loss

 

1. Exceptional Loan - Loans with A+ credits that contain very little, if any, risk. Grade 1 loans are considered Pass. To qualify for this rating, the following characteristics must be present:

 

A high level of liquidity and whose debt-servicing capacity exceeds expected obligations by a substantial margin.

 

Where leverage is below average for the industry and earnings are consistent or growing without severe vulnerability to economic cycles.

 

Also included in this rating (but not mandatory unless one or more of the preceding characteristics are missing) are loans that are fully secured and properly margined by our own time instruments or U.S. blue chip securities. To be properly margined, cash collateral must be equal to, or greater than, 110% of the loan amount.

 

2. Quality Loan - Loans with excellent sources of repayment that conform in all respects to bank policy and regulatory requirements. These are also loans for which little repayment risk has been identified. No credit or collateral exceptions. Grade 2 loans are considered Pass. Other factors include:

 

Unquestionable debt-servicing capacity to cover all obligations in the ordinary course of business from well-defined primary and secondary sources.

 

Consistent strong earnings.

 

A solid equity base.

 

3A. Better than Acceptable Loan - In the interest of better delineating the loan portfolio’s true credit risk for reserve allocation, further granularity has been sought by splitting the grade 3 category into three classifications. The distinction between the three are bank-defined guidelines and represent a further refinement of the regulatory definition of a pass, or grade 3 loan. Grade 3A is the stronger third of the pass category, but is not strong enough to be a grade 2 and is characterized by:

 

Strong earnings with no loss in last three years and ample cash flow to service all debt well above policy guidelines.

 

Long term experienced management with depth and defined management succession.

 

The loan has no exceptions to policy.

 

Loan-to-value on real estate secured transactions is 10% to 20% less than policy guidelines.

 

Very liquid balance sheet that may have cash available to pay off our loan completely.

 

Little to no debt on balance sheet.

 

 

3B. Acceptable Loan - 3B loans are simply defined as all loans that are less qualified than 3A loans and are stronger than 3C loans. These loans are characterized by acceptable sources of repayment that conform to bank policy and regulatory requirements. Repayment risks are acceptable for these loans. Credit or collateral exceptions are minimal, are in the process of correction, and do not represent repayment risk. These loans:

 

Are those where the borrower has average financial strengths, a history of profitable operations and experienced management.

 

Are those where the borrower can be expected to handle normal credit needs in a satisfactory manner.

 

3C. Marginally Acceptable - 3C loans have similar characteristics as that of 3Bs with the following additional characteristics:

 

Requires collateral.

 

A credit facility where the borrower has average financial strengths, but usually lacks reliable secondary sources of repayment other than the subject collateral.

 

Other common characteristics can include some or all of the following: minimal background experience of management, lacking continuity of management, a start-up operation, erratic historical profitability (acceptable reasons-well identified), lack of or marginal sponsorship of guarantor, and government guaranteed loans.

 

4W Watch Acceptable - Watch grade will be assigned to any credit that is adequately secured and performing but monitored for a number of indicators. These characteristics may include:

 

Any unexpected short-term adverse financial performance from budgeted projections or a prior period’s results (i.e., declining profits, sales, margins, cash flow, or increased reliance on leverage, including adverse balance sheet ratios, trade debt issues, etc.).

 

Any managerial or personal problems of company management, decline in the entire industry or local economic conditions, or failure to provide financial information or other documentation as requested.

 

Issues regarding delinquency, overdrafts, or renewals.

 

Any other issues that cause concern for the company.

 

Loans to individuals or loans supported by guarantors with marginal net worth and/or marginal collateral.

 

Weakness identified in a Watch credit is short-term in nature.

 

Loans in this category are usually accounts the Bank would want to retain providing a positive turnaround can be expected within a reasonable time frame. Grade 4 loans are considered Pass.

 

5 Other Loans Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - A special mention extension of credit is defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Extensions of credit that might be detailed in this category include the following:

 

The lending officer may be unable to properly supervise the credit because of an inadequate loan or credit agreement.

 

Questions exist regarding the condition of and/or control over collateral.

 

Economic or market conditions may unfavorably affect the obligor in the future.

 

A declining trend in the obligor’s operations or an imbalanced position in the balance sheet exists, but not to the point that repayment is jeopardized.

 

6 Substandard Loan - A “substandard” extension of credit is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Extensions of credit so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard credits, does not have to exist in individual extensions of credit classified as substandard.

 

7 Doubtful Loan - An extension of credit classified as “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceedings, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans. The entire loan need not be classified as doubtful when collection of a specific portion appears highly probable. An example of proper use of the doubtful category is the case of a company being liquidated, with the trustee-in-bankruptcy indicating a minimum disbursement of 40 percent and a maximum of 65 percent to unsecured creditors, including the Bank. In this situation, estimates are based on liquidation value appraisals with actual values yet to be realized. By definition, the only portion of the credit that is doubtful is the 25 percent difference between 40 and 65 percent.

 

A proper classification of such a credit would show 40 percent substandard, 25 percent doubtful, and 35 percent loss. A credit classified as doubtful should be resolved within a ‘reasonable’ period of time. Reasonable is generally defined as the period between examinations. In other words, a credit classified as doubtful at an examination should be cleared up before the next exam. However, there may be situations that warrant continuation of the doubtful classification a while longer.

 

 

8 Loss - Extensions of credit classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the credit has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off, even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. It should not be the Company’s practice to attempt long-term recoveries while the credit remains on the books. Losses should be taken in the period in which they surface as uncollectible.

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, there are no loans that are classified with a risk grade of 8- Loss.

 

 

The following table presents weighted average risk grades of our loan portfolio.

 

 

   

December 31, 2018

   

December 31, 2017

 
   

Weighted Average

Risk Grade

   

Weighted Average

Risk Grade

 

Commercial real estate:

               

Commercial real estate - construction

    3.00       3.08  

Commercial real estate - mortgages

    3.02       3.01  

Land

    3.58       3.71  

Farmland

    3.00       3.14  

Commercial and industrial

    3.08       3.09  

Consumer

    2.31       2.34  

Consumer residential

    3.01       3.01  

Agriculture

    3.12       3.19  

Total gross loans

    3.04       3.05  

 

 

The following table presents risk grade totals by class of loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Risk grades 1 through 4 have been aggregated in the “Pass” line.

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial R.E.
Construction

   

Commercial R.E.
Mortgages

   

Land

   

Farmland

   

Commercial and Industrial

   

Consumer

   

Consumer Residential

   

Agriculture

   

Total

 
                                                                         
December 31, 2018                                                                        

Pass

  $ 20,263     $ 457,150     $ 10,045     $ 62,604     $ 77,254     $ 1,273     $ 35,698     $ 35,813     $ 700,100  

Special mention

    -       2,868       -       -       2,898       -       -       2,263       8,029  

Substandard

    -       683       906       -       2,100       41       43       -       3,773  

Doubtful

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Total loans

  $ 20,263     $ 460,701     $ 10,951     $ 62,604     $ 82,252     $ 1,314     $ 35,741     $ 38,076     $ 711,902  
                                                                         
December 31, 2017                                                                        

Pass

  $ 30,008     $ 416,437     $ 8,901     $ 58,675     $ 65,313     $ 662     $ 37,100     $ 37,934     $ 655,030  

Special mention

    1,257       -       -       -       3,762       -       -       -       5,019  

Substandard

    -       701       1,171       -       535       27       61       -       2,495  

Doubtful

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Total loans

  $ 31,265     $ 417,138     $ 10,072     $ 58,675     $ 69,610     $ 689     $ 37,161     $ 37,934     $ 662,544  

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Accordingly, the methodology is based on historical loss experience by type of credit and internal risk grade, specific homogeneous risk pools and specific loss allocations, with adjustments for current events and conditions. The Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses is designed to account for credit deterioration as it occurs. The provision for loan losses reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to non-accrual loans, past due loans, potential problem loans, criticized loans and net charge-offs or recoveries, among other factors. The provision for loan losses also reflects the totality of actions taken on all loans for a particular period. In other words, the amount of the provision reflects not only the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses related to newly identified criticized loans, but it also reflects actions taken related to other loans including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.

 

 

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including, among other things, the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 310 based on probable losses on specific loans; (ii) historical valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 450 based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends, adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the impact of current conditions; and (iii) general valuation allowances determined in accordance with ASC Topic 450 based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.

 

The allowances established for probable losses on specific loans are based on a regular analysis and evaluation of problem loans. Loans are classified based on an internal credit risk grading process that evaluates, among other things: (i) the obligor’s ability to repay; (ii) the underlying collateral, if any; and (iii) the economic environment and industry in which the borrower operates. This analysis is performed at the relationship manager level for all commercial loans. When a loan has a calculated grade of 5 or higher, a special assets officer analyzes the loan to determine whether the loan is impaired and, if impaired, the need to specifically allocate a portion of the allowance for loan losses to the loan. Specific valuation allowances are determined by analyzing the borrower’s ability to repay amounts owed, collateral deficiencies, the relative risk grade of the loan and economic conditions affecting the borrower’s industry, among other things.

 

Historical valuation allowances are calculated based on the historical loss experience of specific types of loans and the internal risk grade of such loans at the time they were charged-off. The Company calculates historical loss ratios for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the total population of loans in the pool. The historical loss ratios are periodically updated based on actual charge-off experience. A historical valuation allowance is established for each pool of similar loans based upon the product of the historical loss ratio and the total dollar amount of the loans in the pool. The Company’s pools of similar loans include similarly risk-graded groups of commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, consumer real estate loans and consumer and other loans.

 

General valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. In general, such valuation allowances are determined by evaluating, among other things: (i) the experience, ability and effectiveness of the Company’s lending management and staff; (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls; (iii) changes in asset quality; (iv) changes in loan portfolio volume; (v) the composition and concentrations of credit; (vi) the impact of competition on loan structuring and pricing; (vii) the effectiveness of the internal loan review function; (viii) the impact of environmental risks on portfolio risks; and (ix) the impact of rising interest rates on portfolio risk. Management evaluates the degree of risk that each one of these components has on the quality of the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis. Each component is determined to have either a high, moderate or low degree of risk. The results are then input into a “general allocation matrix” to determine an appropriate general valuation allowance.

 

 

Included in the general valuation allowances are allocations for groups of similar loans with risk characteristics that exceed certain concentration limits established by management. Concentration risk limits have been established, among other things, for certain industry concentrations, large balance and highly leveraged credit relationships that exceed specified risk grades, and loans originated with policy exceptions that exceed specified risk grades.

 

Loans identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners are charged-off. Furthermore, consumer loan accounts are charged-off automatically based on regulatory requirements.

 

 

The following table details activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial

   

Commercial

           

Consumer

                         

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

Real Estate

   

and Industrial

   

Consumer

   

Residential

   

Agriculture

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Beginning balance

  $ 6,331     $ 813     $ 27     $ 300     $ 693     $ 2     $ 8,166  

Charge-offs

    0       0       (29 )     (17 )     0       0       (46 )

Recoveries

    0       0       8       2       0       0       10  

Provision for loan losses

    249       252       33       19       0       2       555  

Ending balance

  $ 6,580     $ 1,065     $ 39     $ 304     $ 693     $ 4     $ 8,685  

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial

   

Commercial

           

Consumer

                         

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

Real Estate

   

and Industrial

   

Consumer

   

Residential

   

Agriculture

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Beginning balance

  $ 6,185     $ 697     $ 51     $ 325     $ 504     $ 70     $ 7,832  

Charge-offs

    -       -       (30 )     -       -       -       (30 )

Recoveries

    -       -       13       1       -       -       14  

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses

    146       116       (7 )     (26 )     189       (68 )     350  

Ending balance

  $ 6,331     $ 813     $ 27     $ 300     $ 693     $ 2     $ 8,166  

 

 

The following table details the allowance for loan losses and ending gross loan balances as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, summarized by collective and individual evaluation methods of impairment.

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Commercial

   

Commercial

           

Consumer

                         

December 31, 2018

 

Real Estate

   

and Industrial

   

Consumer

   

Residential

   

Agriculture

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

                                                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 680     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 680  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    5,900       1,065       39       304       693       4       8,005  
    $ 6,580     $ 1,065     $ 39     $ 304     $ 693     $ 4     $ 8,685  
                                                         

Ending gross loan balances:

                                                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 906     $ 0     $ 0     $ 14     $ 0     $ 0     $ 920  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    553,613       82,252       1,314       35,727       38,076       0       710,982  
    $ 554,519     $ 82,252     $ 1,314     $ 35,741     $ 38,076     $ 0     $ 711,902  
                                                         

December 31, 2017

                                                       

Allowance for loan losses for loans:

                                                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 680     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0             $ 680  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    5,651       813       27       300       693       2       7,486  
    $ 6,331     $ 813     $ 27     $ 300     $ 693     $ 2     $ 8,166  
                                                         

Ending gross loans balances:

                                                       

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 993     $ 303     $ 0     $ 15     $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,311  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    516,157       69,307       689       37,146       37,934       0       661,233  
    $ 517,150     $ 69,610     $ 689     $ 37,161     $ 37,934     $ 0     $ 662,544  

 

 

Changes in the allowance off-balance-sheet commitments were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 305     $ 284  

Provision charged to operations for off balance sheet

    91       21  

Balance, end of year

  $ 396     $ 305  

 

 

The method for calculating the reserve for off-balance-sheet loan commitments is based on a reserve percentage which is less than other outstanding loan types because they are at a lower risk level.  This reserve percentage, based on many factors including historical losses and existing economic conditions, is evaluated by management periodically and is applied to the total undisbursed loan commitment balance to calculate the reserve for off-balance-sheet commitments. Reserves for off-balance-sheet commitments are recorded in interest payable and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, loans carried at $711,902,000 and $662,544,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

 

 

NOTE 5 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Major classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Land

  $ 5,195     $ 4,645  

Building

    9,962       8,809  

Leasehold improvements

    5,039       4,307  

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

    8,279       7,628  

Branch construction work-in-process

    47       1,948  
      28,522       27,337  
                 

Less accumulated depreciation

    (13,585 )     (12,859 )
    $ 14,937     $ 14,478  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1,187,000 and $1,124,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

 

 

NOTE 6 — INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS

 

Other assets are summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 4,067     $ 2,642  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    3,599       3,377  

Interest income receivable on loans

    2,054       1,859  

Interest income receivable on investments

    1,701       1,312  

Federal Reserve Bank stock

    758       758  

Investments in limited partnerships

    5,476       266  

Prepaid expenses and other

    1,142       2,812  
    $ 18,797     $ 13,026  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 — DEPOSITS

 

Deposit totals were as follows:

 

   

DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
                 

Demand

  $ 594,502     $ 539,383  

Money market deposit accounts

    272,766       280,342  

Savings

    76,915       69,630  

Time deposits $250,000 and under

    23,816       29,424  

Time deposits over $250,000

    18,496       20,103  

Total deposits

  $ 986,495     $ 938,882  

 

 

Certificates of deposit issued and their remaining maturities at December 31, 2018, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

       

2019

  $ 36,611  

2020

    4,550  

2021

    956  

2022

    141  

2023

    54  
    $ 42,312  

 

 

 

NOTE 8 — FHLB ADVANCES

 

At December 31, 2018, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and available advances totaled $268,936,000 at December 31, 2018.  Loans carried at $711,902,000 as of December 31, 2018, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). Unused and available advances totaled $249,170,000 at December 31, 2017.  Loans carried at $662,544,000 as of December 31, 2017, were pledged as collateral on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

  

 

NOTE 9 — INTEREST ON DEPOSITS

 

Interest on deposits was comprised of the following:

 

   

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
                 

Savings and other deposits

  $ 1,465     $ 896  

Time deposits over $250,000

    68       74  

Other time deposits

    73       95  
    $ 1,606     $ 1,065  

 

  

 

NOTE 10 — INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

(in thousands)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Current

               

Federal

  $ 2,711     $ 3,185  

State

    1,927       1,447  
      4,638       4,632  

Deferred

               

Federal

    (494 )     1,380  

State

    (334 )     135  
      (828 )     1,515  
                 
    $ 3,810     $ 6,147  

 

 

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities (included in accrued interest and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, is shown below:

 

(in thousands)

 

DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Deferred tax assets:

               

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 2,568     $ 2,415  

Restricted stock expense

    95       1  

Accrued vacation

    80       72  

Accrued salary continuation liability

    1,035       901  

Deferred compensation

    76       77  

Core deposit intangible

    58       44  

Merger Costs

    95       103  

Reserve for undisbursed commitments

    117       90  

OREO expenses

    173       173  

State income tax

    405       304  

Holding company organization fees

    12       15  

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale

    183       0  
      4,897       4,195  

Deferred tax liabilities:

               

Prepaid expenses

    (117 )     (418 )

FHLB dividends

    (144 )     (158 )

Accumulated depreciation

    (9 )     (102 )

Accrued bonus

    (2 )     1  

Deferred loan costs

    (353 )     (330 )

Goodwill Amortization

    (196 )     (131 )

Limited partner investment in small business equity fund

    (9 )     0  

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

    0       (415 )
      (830 )     (1,553 )
                 

Net deferred income tax asset

  $ 4,067     $ 2,642  

 

 

Management has assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and believes it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized in the normal course of operations. Accordingly, these assets have not been reduced by a valuation allowance.

 

The Company periodically reviews its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records adjustments as appropriate. This review takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of the Company’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions.

 

The Company had no liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for 2018 and 2017 differs from the current Federal statutory income tax rate as follows:

 

   

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 
                 

Federal statutory income tax rate

    21.0 %     34.0 %

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    8.6 %     7.2 %

Tax exempt interest on municipal securities and loans

    -3.5 %     -5.2 %

Deferred tax asset re-measurement

    0.0 %     6.5 %

Other

    -1.3 %     -2.2 %

Effective tax rate

    24.8 %     40.3 %

 

 

Oak Valley Bancorp files a consolidated return in the U.S. Federal tax jurisdiction and a combined report in the State of California tax jurisdiction.  None of the entities are subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2015 for U.S. Federal or for years before 2014 for California.

 

 

 

NOTE 11 — STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

The Company currently has two equity based incentive plans, the Oak Valley Bancorp 2008 Stock Plan and the Oak Valley Bancorp 2018 Stock Plan. The 2018 Stock Plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stocks, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights and restrictive stocks. Under the 2018 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 607,500 shares of its common stock to key employees and directors as incentive and non-qualified stock options, respectively, at a price equal to the fair value on the date of grant. The Plan provides that the options are exercisable in equal increments over a five-year period from the date of grant or over any other schedule approved by the Board of Directors. All incentive stock options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Future grants are not permitted under the 2008 Stock Plan and will all be issued from the 2018 Stock Plan until it expires. As of December 31, 2018, 595,250 shares were available to be issued under the 2018 Stock Plan pursuant to new grants.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the years end December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below.

 

 

    DECEMBER 31, 2018     DECEMBER 31, 2017  
   

Shares

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

   

Shares

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    3,500     $ 5.94       15,000     $ 9.58  

Granted

    0     $ 0.00       0     $ 0.00  

Exercised

    (1,500

)

  $ 4.58       (9,000

)

  $ 10.10  

Forfeited

    (1,000

)

  $ 8.25       (2,500

)

  $ 12.75  

Outstanding at end of year

    1,000     $ 5.74       3,500     $ 5.94  

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

    N/A       N/A  
                 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

  $ 20     $ 56  
                 

Options outstanding and exercisable at year end:

    1,000       3,500  

Weighted average exercise price

  $ 5.74     $ 5.94  

Intrinsic value

  $ 13     $ 48  

Weighted average remaining contractual life (in months)

    1       9  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there was no recorded income tax benefits related to disqualifying dispositions of stock option exercises. All outstanding stock options became fully vested during 2014 and therefore there is no remaining unrecognized stock option compensation expense.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock and changes during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below.

 

 

    DECEMBER 31, 2018     DECEMBER 31, 2017  
   

Shares

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

   

Shares

   

Weighted

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested at beginning of year

    24,800     $ 11.07       56,075     $ 8.16  

Granted

    96,650     $ 21.40       8,000     $ 14.62  

Vested

    (11,900

)

  $ 11.93       (32,425

)

  $ 7.45  

Cancelled

    (1,950

)

  $ 20.21       (6,850

)

  $ 8.54  

Unvested at end of year

    107,600     $ 20.09       24,800     $ 11.07  

 

 

The Company granted 96,650 shares of restricted stock in 2018 with a weighted average fair value of $21.40 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2018, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock awards was $431,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $128,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company recorded an additional tax benefit of $22,000 to income tax expense to recognize the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value. As of December 31, 2018, there was $1,813,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.14 years. During 2018, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 11,900 with a fair value of $252,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.

 

The Company granted 8,000 shares of restricted stock in 2017 with a weighted average fair value of $14.62 per share. For the year ended December 31, 2017, total compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income related to restricted stock awards was $103,000, with an offsetting tax benefit of $42,000, as this expense is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company recorded an additional tax benefit of $88,000 to income tax expense to recognize the full tax deduction of the vested restricted stock, which is equal to the fair value on the vesting date, as the tax benefit from the restricted stock expense is based on the grant date fair value. As of December 31, 2017, there was $216,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.46 years. During 2017, shares of restricted stock awards totaling 32,425 with a fair value of $241,000, based on the vested date of each award, were vested and became unrestricted.

 

 

 

NOTE 12 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. The following table shows: (1) weighted average basic shares, (2) effect of dilutive securities related to stock options and non-vested restricted stock, and (3) weighted average diluted shares. Basic EPS are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding dilutive stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. Diluted EPS are calculated using the weighted average diluted shares. The total dilutive shares included in annual diluted EPS is a year-to-date weighted average of the total dilutive shares included in each quarterly diluted EPS computation under the treasury stock method. We have two forms of outstanding common stock: common stock and unvested restricted stock awards. Holders of restricted stock awards receive non-forfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stockholders and they both share equally in undistributed earnings. Therefore, under the two-class method the difference in EPS is not significant for these participating securities.

 

The Company’s calculation of earnings per share (“EPS”) including basic EPS, which does not consider the effect of common stock equivalents and diluted EPS, which considers all dilutive common stock equivalents is as follows:

 

 

   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 
           

Weighted Avg

         

(dollars in thousands)

 

Income

   

Shares

   

Per-Share

 
   

(Numerator)

   

(Denominator)

   

Amount

 

Basic EPS:

                       

Net income

  $ 11,537       8,081,482     $ 1.43  
                         

Effect of dilutive securities:

                       

Stock options

          1,791          

Non-vested restricted stock

          16,825          

Total dilutive shares

            18,616          
                         

Diluted EPS:

                       

Net income per diluted share

  $ 11,537       8,100,098     $ 1.42  

 

 

   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

 
           

Weighted Avg

         

(dollars in thousands)

 

Income

   

Shares

   

Per-Share

 
   

(Numerator)

   

(Denominator)

   

Amount

 

Basic EPS:

                       

Net income

  $ 9,094       8,060,686     $ 1.13  
                         

Effect of dilutive securities:

                       

Stock options

          3,978          

Non-vested restricted stock

          16,833          

Total dilutive shares

            20,811          
                         

Diluted EPS:

                       

Net income per diluted share

  $ 9,094       8,081,497     $ 1.13  

 

 

There were no anti-dilutive stock options outstanding during 2018 and 2017 because the exercise price of all outstanding options was less than the average market price of the common shares.

 

During 2018, weighted average non-vested restricted shares totaling 73,257 were anti-dilutive, and therefore not included in the total diluted shares calculation, as the grant date fair value was greater than the average fair market price of the common shares. During 2017, there were no anti-dilutive shares from non-vested restricted stock grants because the fair value of each grant was lower than the average market price of the common shares.

 

 

 

NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company is obligated for rental payments under certain operating lease agreements, some of which contain renewal options and escalation clauses that provide for increased rentals. Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, was $1,171,000 and $1,092,000, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2018, the future minimum commitments under these operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ending December 31,

       

2019

  $ 1,102  

2020

    1,083  

2021

    785  

2022

    735  

2023

    438  

   Thereafter

    1,944  
    $ 6,087  

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit in the form of loans or through standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

Financial instruments at December 31, 2018 whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

   

Contract

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 
         

Undisbursed loan commitments

  $ 132,784  

Checking reserve

    1,280  

Equity lines

    17,478  

Standby letters of credit

    2,328  
    $ 153,870  

 

 

Commitments to extend credit, including undisbursed loan commitments and equity lines, are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

 

Checking reserves are lines of credit associated consumer deposit accounts that meet qualification standards for extension of credit if the deposit account were to become overdraft.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

 

 

 

NOTE 14 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair values of financial instruments — The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Such information, which pertains to the Company’s financial instruments, does not purport to represent the aggregate net fair value of the Company. Further, the fair value estimates are based on various assumptions, methodologies, and subjective considerations, which vary widely among different financial institutions and which are subject to change. The following methods and assumptions are used by the Company.

 

Cash and cash equivalents — The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.

 

Restricted Equity Securities The carrying amounts of the stock the Company’s owns in FRB and FHLB approximate their fair value and are considered a level 2 valuation.

 

Securities (including mortgage-backed securities) — Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments. See Note 15 for additional disclosure regarding fair values of securities.

 

Loans receivable — The fair value of the loan portfolio is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The Company’s fair value model takes into account many inputs including loan discounts due to credit risk, current market rates on new loans, the U.S. treasury yield curve, LIBOR yield curve, rate floors, rate ceilings, remaining maturity, and average life based on specific loan type. Adoption of ASU 2016-01 during the first quarter of 2018 resulted in the use of an exit price rather than an entrance price to determine the fair value of loans not measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Loans are considered to be a level 3 valuation.

 

Deposit liabilities — The fair values estimated for demand deposits (interest and non-interest checking, savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts for variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of the aggregate expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

Interest receivable and payable — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair value.

 

Off-balance-sheet instruments — Fair values for the Company’s off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the counterparties.

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

 

                   

Hierarchy

 

(in thousands)

 

Carrying

   

Fair

   

Valuation

 
   

Amount

   

Value

   

Level

 

Financial assets:

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126,145     $ 126,145     1  

Restricted equity securities

    4,357       4,357     2  

Loans, net

    702,220       697,369     3  

Interest receivable

    3,755       3,755     2  
                       

Financial liabilities:

                     

Deposits

    (986,495

)

    (986,096

)

  3  

Interest payable

    (40

)

    (40

)

  2  
                       

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities):

                     

Commitments and standby letters of credit

            (1,539

)

  3  

 

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

 

                   

Hierarchy

 

(in thousands)

 

Carrying

   

Fair

   

Valuation

 
   

Amount

   

Value

   

Level

 

Financial assets:

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 149,173     $ 149,173     1  

Restricted equity securities

    4,135       4,135     2  

Loans, net

    652,989       658,618     3  

Interest receivable

    1,312       1,312     2  
                       

Financial liabilities:

                     

Deposits

    (938,882

)

    (829,992

)

  3  

Interest payable

    (45

)

    (45

)

  2  
                       

Off-balance-sheet assets (liabilities):

                     

Commitments and standby letters of credit

            (1,180

)

  3  

 

 

NOTE 15 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follow:

 

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstance that caused the transfer, which generally corresponds with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. During 2018, there were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized below:

 

 

   

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2018 Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

2018

   

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

   

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

                               

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 44,106     $ 0     $ 44,106     $ 0  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    2,012       0       2,012       0  

Municipalities

    93,237       0       93,237       0  

SBA pools

    8,673       0       8,673       0  

Corporate debt

    20,587       0       20,587       0  

Asset backed securities

    38,096       0       38,096       0  
                                 

Equity Securities:*

                               

Mutual fund

  $ 3,106     $ 3,106     $ 0     $ 0  
                                 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

                               

Impaired loans:

                               

Land

  $ 226     $ 0     $ 0     $ 226  

Consumer residential

    14       0       0       14  

 

 

   

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using

 

(in thousands)

 

December 31,
2017

   

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

   

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

   

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

                               

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

U.S. agencies

  $ 29,972     $ 0     $ 29,972     $ 0  

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    2,593       0       2,593       0  

Municipalities

    93,067       0       93,067       0  

SBA pools

    11,850       0       11,850       0  

Corporate debt

    18,789       0       18,789       0  

Asset backed securities

    22,977       0       22,977       0  
                                 

Equity Securities:*

                               

Mutual fund

  $ 3,112     $ 3,112       0       0  
                                 

Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis:

                               

Impaired loans:

                               

Land

  $ 313     $ 0     $ 0     $ 313  

Commercial and industrial

    302       0       0       302  

Consumer residential

    16       0       0       16  

Other real estate owned

    253       0       0       253  

 

 

* Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2016-01, which requires equity securities with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. See Note 1 for additional information on this new accounting standard.

 

 

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

 

Available-for-sale securities - Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions, and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

 

Impaired loans - ASC Topic 820 applies to loans measured for impairment using the practical expedients permitted by ASC Topic 310, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan. The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral less the cost related to liquidation of the collateral require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3. Likewise, when an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring Level 3.

 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate assets (“OREO”) acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are held-for-sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less selling costs. Any write-downs to fair value at the time of transfer to OREO are charged to the allowance for loan losses, subsequent to foreclosure. Appraisals or evaluations are then done periodically thereafter charging any additional write-downs or valuation allowances to the appropriate expense accounts. Values are derived from appraisals of underlying collateral and discounted cash flow analysis. OREO is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

 

Net realizable value of the underlying collateral is the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs and any prior liens. Appraisals, recent comparable sales, offers and listing prices are factored in when valuing the collateral. We review and verify the qualifications and licenses of the certified general appraisers used for appraising commercial properties or certified residential appraisers for residential properties. Real estate appraisals may utilize a combination of approaches including replacement cost, sales comparison and the income approach. Comparable sales and income data are analyzed by the appraisers and adjusted to reflect differences between them and the subject property such as type, leasing status and physical condition. When the appraisals are received, Management reviews the assumptions and methodology utilized in the appraisal, as well as the overall resulting value in conjunction with independent data sources such as recent market data and industry-wide statistics. We generally use a 6% discount for selling costs which is applied to all properties, regardless of size. Appraised values may be adjusted to reflect changes in market conditions that have occurred subsequent to the appraisal date, or for revised estimates regarding the timing or cost of the property sale. These adjustments typically range between 10% and 20% of the appraised value and are based on qualitative judgments made by management on a case-by-case basis.

 

 

 

NOTE 16 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company, in the normal course of business, makes loans and receives deposits from its directors, officers, principal shareholders, and their associates. In management’s opinion, these transactions are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with other customers of the Company. Loans to directors, officers, shareholders, and affiliates are summarized below:

 

   

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
                 

Aggregate amount outstanding, beginning of year

  $ 5,350     $ 7,100  

New loans or advances during year

    2,454       7  

Repayments during year

    (1,909

)

    (1,757

)

Aggregate amount outstanding, end of year

  $ 5,895     $ 5,350  

 

Related party deposits totaled $52,479,000 and $63,633,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

From time to time, some of the Company’s Directors, directly or through affiliates, may perform services for the Bank. These activities are performed in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and are subject to strict compliance with the policies outlined below. In 2018, the Company paid $430,000 to Design Studio 120, a company affiliated with a Director’s daughter, for renovation and design work performed in connection with new branches in Sacramento, Sonora and Turlock that opened in 2018. In 2017, the Company paid $131,000 to Design Studio 120 for similar services in connection with various projects and maintenance on the Bank’s branches. Except for such payments, no other material services or activities were performed for purposes of Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

NOTE 17 — PROFIT SHARING PLAN

 

The profit sharing plan to which both the Company and eligible employees contribute was established in 1995. Bank contributions are voluntary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions were approximately $621,000 and $509,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

 

 

NOTE 18 — RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS

 

Under current California State banking laws, the Bank may not pay cash dividends in an amount that exceeds the lesser of retained earnings of the Bank or the Bank’s net earnings for its last three fiscal years (less the amount of any distributions to shareholders made during that period). If the above requirements are not met, cash dividends may only be paid with the prior approval of the Commissioner of the Department of Business Oversight, in an amount not exceeding the Bank’s net earnings for its last fiscal year or the amount of its net earnings for its current fiscal year. Accordingly, the future payment of cash dividends will depend on the Bank’s earnings and its ability to meet its capital requirements.

 

 

 

NOTE 19 — OTHER POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

 

Certain officers have entered into salary continuation agreements with the Company (the “Salary Continuation Agreements”). Under the Salary Continuation Agreements, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten to twenty years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the Salary Continuation Agreements. In connection with the implementation of the Salary Continuation Agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered under the Salary Continuation Agreements. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the Salary Continuation Agreements, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are owned by the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.

 

During December 2001, the Company adopted a director retirement plan (“DRP”). Under the DRP, the participants will be provided with a fixed annual retirement benefit for ten years after retirement. The Company is also responsible for certain pre-retirement death benefits under the DRP. In connection with the implementation of the DRP, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each director covered under the DRP. The Company is the owner and partial beneficiary of these life insurance policies. The assets of the DRP, under Internal Revenue Service regulations, are the property of the Company and are available to satisfy the Company’s general creditors.

 

Future compensation under both types of arrangements is earned for services rendered through retirement. The Company accrues for the salary continuation liability based on anticipated years of service and vesting schedules provided under the arrangements. The Company’s current benefit liability is determined based on vesting and the present value of the benefits at a corresponding discount rate. The discount rate used is an equivalent rate for investment-grade bonds with lives matching those of the service periods remaining for the salary continuation contracts, which average approximately ten years. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, $3,501,000 and $3,047,000, respectively, has been accrued to date, and is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with certain officers. In connection with the implementation of the split-dollar agreements, the Company purchased single premium life insurance policies on the life of each of the officers covered by the split-dollar life insurance agreements. The Company is the owner of the policies and the partial beneficiary in an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the policies.

 

The combined cash surrender value of all Bank-owned life insurance policies was $19,029,000 and $18,517,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

 

 

NOTE 20 — REGULATORY MATTERS

 

The Bank and the Company are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, Tier I and Common Equity Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2018, that the Bank and Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

 

 

The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2018 and 2017, are presented in the following table.

 

                           

To be well

 
                           

capitalized under

 

(in thousands)

               

Adequately capitalized

 

prompt corrective

 
   

Actual

   

threshold (1)

 

action provisions

 

Capital ratios for Bank:

 

Amount

   

Ratio

   

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

   

Ratio

 
                                       

As of December 31, 2018

                                     

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 104,253     11.7%     $ 87,691  

>9.875%

  $ 88,801    

>10.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 95,172     10.7%     $ 69,931  

>7.875%

  $ 71,041    

>8.0%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

  $ 95,172     10.7%     $ 56,611  

>6.375%

  $ 57,721    

>6.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

  $ 95,172     8.7%     $ 43,665  

>4.0%

  $ 54,581    

>5.0%

 
                                       

As of December 31, 2017

                                     

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 93,933     11.3%     $ 77,102  

>9.25%

  $ 83,354    

>10.0%

 

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 85,462     10.3%     $ 60,431  

>7.25%

  $ 66,683    

>8.0%

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

  $ 85,462     10.3%     $ 47,928  

>5.75%

  $ 54,180    

>6.5%

 

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

  $ 85,462     8.4%     $ 40,820  

>4.0%

  $ 51,025    

>5.0%

 
                                       

Capital ratios for Bancorp:

                                     
                                       

As of December 31, 2018

                                     

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 104,613     11.8%     $ 87,699  

>9.875%

    N/A     N/A  

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 95,532     10.8%     $ 69,937  

>7.875%

    N/A     N/A  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

  $ 95,532     10.8%     $ 56,616  

>6.375%

    N/A     N/A  

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

  $ 95,532     8.8%     $ 43,667  

>4.0%

    N/A     N/A  
                                       

As of December 31, 2017

                                     

Total capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 94,354     11.3%     $ 77,119  

>9.25%

    N/A     N/A  

Tier I capital (to Risk- Weighted Assets)

  $ 85,883     10.3%     $ 60,445  

>7.25%

    N/A     N/A  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

  $ 85,883     10.3%     $ 47,939  

>5.75%

    N/A     N/A  

Tier I capital (to Average Assets)

  $ 85,883     8.4%     $ 40,823  

>4.0%

    N/A     N/A  

 

 

(1)       The adequately capitalized thresholds in the table above, includes the capital conservation buffers of 1.875% in 2018 and 1.25% in 2017, that became effective January 1, 2016. These ratios are not reflected on a fully phased-in basis, which occured in January 2019.

 

 

In July 2013, the U.S. banking agencies approved the U.S. version of Basel III. The federal bank regulatory agencies adopted version of Basel III revises the risk-based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with Basel III and to meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Although many of the rules contained in these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased in basis to all banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank. Among other things, the rules establish a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks). The new additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses. The additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions. The new rules assign higher risk weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The rules also change the permitted composition of Tier 1 capital to exclude trust preferred securities, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities (with a one-time opt out option for Standardized Banks (banks with less than $250 billion of total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion of foreign exposures)). The rules, including alternative requirements for smaller community financial institutions like the Company, would be phased in through 2019. The implementation of the Basel III framework for the Company and the Bank commenced on January 1, 2015.

 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. Banks that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets, or “Leverage Capital Ratio”, of at least 3%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, for a minimum of 4% to 5%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans.

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

21. PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

               
   

December 31,

   

December 31,

 

ASSETS

 

2018

   

2017

 
                 

Cash

  $ 281     $ 269  

Investment in bank subsidiary

    98,678       90,346  

Other assets

    107       186  
                 

Total assets

  $ 99,066     $ 90,801  
                 
                 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

               
                 

Other liabilities

  $ 28     $ 34  
                 

Total liabilities

  $ 28     $ 34  
                 

Shareholders’ equity

               

Common stock, no par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,194,805 and 8,098,605 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

    25,429       24,773  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,358       3,576  

Retained earnings

    70,686       61,429  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (435 )     989  
                 

Total shareholders’ equity

    99,038       90,767  
                 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 99,066     $ 90,801  

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

21.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 
   

2018

   

2017

 

INCOME

               

Dividends declared by subsidiary

  $ 2,117     $ 2,022  

Total income

    2,117       2,022  
                 

EXPENSES

               

Salary expense

    110       102  

Employee benefit expense

    431       103  

Legal expense

    90       69  

Other operating expenses

    108       106  

Total non-interest expense

    739       380  
                 

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

    1,378       1,642  
                 

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary

    9,919       7,207  

Income before income tax benefit

    11,297       8,849  
                 

Income tax benefit

    240       245  
                 

Net income

  $ 11,537     $ 9,094  

 

 

OAK VALLEY BANCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

21.  PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS

 

 

   

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2018

   

2017

 
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

               

Net income

  $ 11,537     $ 9,094  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

               

Undistributed net income of subsidiary

    (9,919 )     (7,207 )

Stock based compensation

    431       103  

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

    (6 )     33  

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    79       (52 )

Net cash from operating activities

    2,122       1,971  
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

               

Shareholder cash dividends paid

    (2,117 )     (2,022 )

Proceeds from sale of common stock and exercise of stock options

    7       91  

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,110 )     (1,931 )
                 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    12       40  
                 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

    269       229  
                 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

  $ 281     $ 269  
                 
                 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

               

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

  $ 4,145     $ 5,922  

 

F-45